2014 smart fortwo coupe and cabriolet owner and operator …€¦ · >> Operator’s Manual. smart fortwo coupé and smart fortwo cabriolet É4515840300oËÍ 4515840300 Order no.

>> Operator’s Manual.smart fortwo coupé and smart fortwo cabriolet

É4515840300oËÍ

4515840300

Order

no.6522

0067

13Partno.45158403

00EditionA-2014

www.smart.com smart - A Daimler brand Operator’sManualsmartfortwo

coupéandsmartfortwo

cabriolet

Service and Literature

Your authorized smart center has trainedtechnicians and Genuine smart Parts toservice your vehicle properly.

For expert advice and quality service, con-tact an authorized smart center.

For further information you can find us onthe smart web-site www.smartusa.com (USAonly) or www.thesmart.ca (Canada only).

G WARNING

To help avoid personal injury, be extremelycareful when performing any service workor repairs. Improper or incomplete serviceor the use of incorrect or inappropriateparts or materials may damage the vehicleor its equipment, which may in turn resultin personal injury.

If you have any questions about carrying outany type of service, turn to the advice of anauthorized smart center.

We reserve the right to make changes indesign and equipment.

Therefore, information, illustrations anddescriptions in this Operator’s Manualmight differ from your vehicle.

Reprinting, translation and copying, evenof excerpts, is not permitted without ourprior authorization in writing.

Symbols

Trademarks®:

RBluetooth® is a registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG Inc.RESP® is a registered trademark ofDaimler.RiPod® is a registered trademark of AppleInc., registered in the U.S.A. and othercountries.

The following symbols are found in thisOperator’s Manual:

* Optional equipment is identified withan asterisk. Since standard equipmentvaries between models, the descrip-tions and illustrations in this Opera-tor’s Manual may differ slightly fromthe actual equipment of your vehicle.

G WARNING

Warning notices draw your attention to haz-ards that may endanger your health or life,or the health or life of others.

! Highlights hazards that may result indamage to your vehicle.

i Helpful hints or further informationyou may find useful.

X This symbol points to instruc-tions for you to follow.

X A number of these symbols appear-ing in succession indicates amultiple-step procedure.

Y page This symbol tells you where youcan find additional informationon a topic within this Operator’sManual.

YY This continuation symbol marks awarning or procedure which iscontinued on the next page.

Dis‐Dis‐playplay

Text in displays, such as thecontrol system displays, areprinted in the type shown here.

As at 13.06.2013

Let the fun begin!

Take a moment to familiarize yourself withyour smart fortwo coupé or smart fortwocabriolet and read through the Operator’sManual before driving. This will ensureyou get more fun out of your vehicle - andavoid danger to yourself and others.

This Operator’s Manual contains veryimportant information about how to safelyand effectively operate the vehicle. It isimportant to note that this is a uniquevehicle. It is obviously smaller than mostvehicles on the road and, for this reason,it can provide both unique experiences andspecial responsibilities. It is extremelyimportant that you read this entire Manualand that you familiarize yourself with howthe vehicle works. Some of the features maybe different from the features on othercompact passenger vehicles. Should youhave any questions about the vehicle andhow to safely operate its features, pleaseuse common sense and contact smart dealerrepresentatives, who are available to helpyou.

smart is a vehicle manufactured byDaimler, distributed in the United Statesby Mercedes-Benz USA LLC, and in Canadaby Mercedes-Benz Canada, and sold andserviced by independent, authorized smartcenters.

Because of this vehicle’s unique charac-teristics, we strongly recommend that youservice and maintain the vehicle only atauthorized smart service facilities. A listof service facilities is available by call-ing smart Customer Assistance represen-tatives at:

1‑800‑762‑7887 (in the USA)

1‑877‑627‑8004 (in Canada)

Although we cannot prevent you from serv-icing the vehicle at facilities other thansmart authorized facilities, this is notadvisable.

Optional extras are identified with anasterisk*. The equipment in your vehicle

may vary depending on the model, versionand availability. smart is constantlybringing its vehicles up to the very lateststate of the art and reserves the right tomodify them in form, equipment and engi-neering.

Should you find that a particular feature inthis manual is important to your decisionto purchase the vehicle, we recommend thatyou personally check the vehicle to ensurethat this feature has been installed beforebuying the vehicle.

The Operator’s Manual and ScheduledMain-tenance Guide/Warranty Booklet (USA only)or Service/Warranty Booklet (Canada only)belong to the vehicle. You should alwayskeep these documents in the vehicle andmake sure you pass them on to the next ownerif and when you sell your smart.

Please contact an authorized smart centerif you have any further questions.

The Technical Documentation team atDaimler wishes you many happy hours at thewheel.

4515840300 É4515840300oËÍ

Index ............................................ 4

Introduction ................................. 13

At a glance .................................... 19

Safety .......................................... 29

Controls ....................................... 51

Operation .................................... 115

Practical hints ............................. 157

Technical data ............................. 211

Contents 3

A

ABS (Antilock Brake System) ............. 46Indicator lamp ........................ 163

Accessory weight .......................... 140Accidents

Air bags .................................. 33Additives

Engine oil .............................. 221Gasoline ................................ 222

Address change .............................. 15Air bags ....................................... 33

Children .................................. 33Front, driver and passenger ......... 36Front, passenger ....................... 36Head-thorax ............................. 37Knee bag .................................. 36Passenger front air bag offindicator lamp ..................... 27, 41Safety guidelines ...................... 35SRS indicator lamp ................... 166Thorax-pelvis .......................... 38Window curtain ......................... 38

Air conditioningsee HVAC ................................ 102

Air conditioning refrigerant .......... 221Air pressure

see Tire inflation pressureAir pressure (tires) ....................... 141Air vents ..................................... 104Alarm system

see Anti-theft systemsAmbient lighting* .......................... 68Anticorrosion/antifreeze ............... 223Antiglare, Interior rear view mir-ror .............................................. 62Antilock Brake System

see ABSAnti-theft systems ......................... 48

Anti-theft warning system ........... 48Electronic immobilizer .............. 48Interior motion sensor ............... 49Tow-away alarm ......................... 49

Aquaplaningsee Hydroplaning

Armrest ........................................ 59Aspect ratio (tires) ....................... 141

Audio system ................................. 98Basic ...................................... 99Navigation/multimedia .............. 99

Automatic headlamp mode ................ 65Automatic locking .......................... 53Automatic transmission ................... 81

Display message ....................... 159Driving tips ............................. 83Emergency operation (limp-home mode) ............................... 85Gear selector lever .................... 81Gear selector lever positions ...... 83Gearshift pattern ...................... 81Hill-start assist system .............. 84Manual gearshifting .................. 84Shifting procedure .................... 82

Auxiliary instrumentsCockpit clock ............................ 91Tachometer ............................... 91

AUX socket .................................... 99

B

Backrestsee Seats

Backup lamp ................................. 180Bar (air pressure unit) ................... 141Battery

Charging ................................ 196Indicator lamp ........................ 168Jump starting .......................... 199Removing and installing ............ 196

Battery (key)Replacing the transmitter bat-tery ....................................... 177

Bead (tire) ................................... 141Brake fluid .................................. 124

Checking ................................ 124Brake lamp .................................. 180Brake pedal .................................. 80Brakes ........................................ 145

Parking brake ........................... 79Warning lamp .......................... 164

Break-in period ........................... 116Bulbs

Front ..................................... 179Rear ...................................... 180Replacing ............................... 178

4 Index

C

CAC (Customer Assistance Center) ...... 16California retail buyers and les-sees, important notice for ............... 14Can holder

see Cup holderCargo compartment cover blind ........ 107Catalytic converter ....................... 147CD player ..................................... 98Center console .............................. 26Central locking

Automatic ................................ 53Locking/unlocking from inside .... 54

Certification label ....................... 214Children in the vehicle ................... 42

Air bags .................................. 33Indicator lamp, passenger frontair bag off .......................... 41, 173Infant and child restraint sys-tems ....................................... 42OCS (Occupant ClassificationSystem) ................................... 39Safety notes ............................. 42Tether anchorage points ............. 44

Child safetysee Children in the vehicle

Cigarette lighter .......................... 114Climate control

see HVAC ................................ 102Clock ........................................... 88Cockpit ........................................ 20Coin holder ................................. 110Cold tire inflation pressure ............ 141Combination switch ........................ 66Control system

Consumption menu ..................... 95Control lever ............................ 93Introduction ............................ 92Menus and submenus ................... 94Messages menu .......................... 96Multifunction display ................ 93Odometer menu .......................... 94Reset menu ............................... 95Settings menu ........................... 96Start menu ............................... 95Time menu ................................ 97

CoolantAnticorrosion/antifreeze .......... 223Capacities ............................. 220Checking level ......................... 122Temperature warning lamp ......... 170

Coolant temperature ...................... 150Copyright ..................................... 17Cruise control ............................. 100Cup holder ................................... 107Curb weight ................................. 141Customer Assistance Center (CAC) ...... 16

D

Dashboardsee Instrument cluster

Data recording ............................... 17Daytime running lamp mode .............. 66Deep water

see Standing waterDefroster

Rear window ............................ 106Windshield ............................. 106

Department of Transportationsee DOT

Dimensions (vehicle)see Vehicle specification

Direction of rotation (tires) ........... 134Display messages

Automatic transmission ............. 159Electronic immobilizer ............. 159

Door control panel ......................... 27Door handles ................................. 27Doors

Locking/unlocking from outside ... 53Opening from inside .................. 54

DOT (Department of Transporta-tion) ..................................... 139, 141Drinking and driving ..................... 144Driving

Abroad ................................... 151Coolant temperature ................. 150Hydroplaning .......................... 148Instructions ....................... 77, 144In winter ................................ 149Safety systems .......................... 46

Index 5

Through standing water ............. 149Tips, automatic transmission ...... 83

Driving and parkingSafety notes .............................. 77

Driving safety systems .................... 46ABS ........................................ 46ESP® ....................................... 47Hydraulic brake assistant ........... 47

E

Electrical systemImproper work on or modifica-tions ....................................... 15Power outlet ............................ 114

Electronic immobilizer .................. 48Display message ....................... 159

Electronic Power Steeringsee EPS

Electronic Stability Programsee ESP®

Emergency, in case ofHazard warning flasher .......... 48, 69Roadside Assistance .................. 14

Emergency operation (limp-homemode) .......................................... 85Emergency Tensioning Device

see ETDEmission control .......................... 150

Information label ..................... 213System warranties ...................... 13

EngineBreak-in recommendations ......... 116Compartment ............................ 117Compartment cover .................... 117Electronics ............................. 212Malfunction indicator lamp ........ 170Number .................................. 214Starting .................................. 77Turning off .............................. 81

Engine coolantsee Coolant

Engine oilAdding ................................... 119Additives ............................... 221Checking level ......................... 118Consumption ............................ 118Oil dipstick ............................ 119

EPS (Electronic Power Steering)Warning lamp ........................... 167

ESP® (Electronic Stability Program) ... 47Warning lamp ........................... 167

ETD (Emergency Tensioning Device) . . . 33Safety guidelines ...................... 35

Exterior lamp switch ...................... 64Exterior lighting

Overview ................................ 179Exterior rear view mirrors .............. 61

F

Flat tire ..................................... 186Fluids

Capacities ............................. 220Engine coolant ........................ 220Engine oil .............................. 220

Fog lamps ................................ 68, 179Front air bags

see Air bagsFront compartment ........................ 120Front lamps

Overview ................................ 179Fuel ........................................... 146

Additives ............................... 222Capacity, fuel tank ................... 220Fuel filler flap and cap ............. 116Fuel level display ..................... 89Premium unleaded gaso-line ........................... 117, 220, 221Refueling ............................... 116Requirements .......................... 221

Fuel capIndicator lamp ........................ 169

Fuel filler flap ............................. 116Fuel level display .......................... 89Fuel tank

Capacity ................................ 220Fuel filler flap and cap ............. 116Refueling ............................... 116

Fuse chart ................................... 207Fuses ......................................... 205

6 Index

G

Gasolinesee Fuel

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) ...... 141Gear selector lever ......................... 81

Transmission positions .............. 83Global locking/unlocking ................ 53Glove box .................................... 110Gross Axle Weight Rating

see GAWRGross Vehicle Weight

see GVWGross Vehicle Weight Rating

see GVWRGVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) ............. 141GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . 141

H

Halogen headlampssee Headlamps

Hazard warning flasher ................... 69Headlamps

Automatic headlamp mode ............ 65Daytime running lamp mode ......... 66High-beam flasher ..................... 67High-beam headlamps ................. 67Low-beam headlamps .................. 65Switch ..................................... 64

Head-thorax air bags ...................... 37Heated exterior rear view mirrors ..... 62Heating

see HVAC ................................ 102Height adjustment

Seats ...................................... 59High-beam flasher .......................... 67High-beam headlamps ................ 67, 179

Indicator lamp ........................ 169High-mounted brake lamp ............... 180Hill-start assist system .................. 84HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, AirConditioning) .............................. 102

Air distribution ...................... 105Air recirculation ..................... 107Air vents ................................ 104Air volume .............................. 106Defrosting .............................. 106

Rear window defroster ............... 106Temperature ............................ 104

Hydraulic brake assistant ................ 47Hydroplaning ............................... 148

I

Identification labels .................... 213Identification number, vehicle(VIN) .......................................... 214Infant and child restraint systems

see Children in the vehicleInflation pressure

see Tires, Inflation pressureInside door handle ......................... 54Instrument cluster ..................... 21, 23

Illumination ............................ 92Lamps, indicator and warning ..... 162

Instrument panelsee Instrument cluster

Instruments and controlssee Cockpit

Interior motion sensor .................... 49Interior rear view mirror ................ 62Interior storage spaces

see Storage compartmentsIntermittent wiping

Rear window wiper ..................... 71Windshield wipers ..................... 70

J

Jump-starting .............................. 199

K

Key ............................................. 52Loss of ................................... 174Replacing the transmitter bat-tery ....................................... 177

Kilopascal (air pressure unit) ......... 141Knee bag ...................................... 36

Index 7

L

Labels ........................................ 213Emission control information ..... 213

Lamps, exteriorExterior lamp switch .................. 64Switching on/off ....................... 64

Lamps, indicator and warningABS ....................................... 163Battery ................................... 168Brakes ................................... 164Coolant temperature ................. 170Engine malfunction ................... 170EPS ........................................ 167ESP® ...................................... 167Fog lamps ................................ 68Fuel cap ................................. 169High-beam headlamps ............... 169Low-beam headlamps ................. 169Low tire pressure/TPMS mal-function telltale ...................... 171Oil pressure ............................ 171Overview (kilometers) ................ 24Overview (miles) ....................... 22Passenger front air bag off .... 36, 173Seat belt telltale ..................... 165SRS ........................................ 166Turn signals ............................ 169

License plate lamps ....................... 180Lighter

see Cigarette lighterLighting ...................................... 64

Ambient lighting* ..................... 68Coming home function ................. 67Daytime running lamp mode ......... 66Exterior .................................. 64Interior .................................. 69

Loadingsee Vehicle loading

Locking the vehicle ........................ 52Manually ................................. 176

Loss ofKey ........................................ 174Service and Warranty Informa-tion booklet ............................ 212

Low-beam headlamps ................. 65, 179Exterior lamp switch .................. 64

Indicator lamp ........................ 169Switching on ............................ 65

M

Main odometer display .................... 87Maintenance .................................. 14

Service interval display ............. 90Malfunction

Electronic immobilizer ............. 159Shifting system ....................... 159

Manual headlamp mode (Low-beamheadlamps) ................................... 65Maximum loaded vehicle weight ....... 141Maximum load rating (tires) ............ 141Maximum permissible tire infla-tion pressure ............................... 141Mirrors

Exterior rear view mirrors .......... 61Interior rear view mirror ........... 62

MON (Motor Octane Number) ............. 221Motor Octane Number

see MONMultifunction display ..................... 86

N

Normal occupant weight ................. 142Number, vehicle identification(VIN) .......................................... 214

O

Occupant Classification Systemsee OCS (Occupant Classifica-tion System)

Occupant distribution ................... 142Occupant safety

Air bags .................................. 33Children and air bags ................ 33Children in the vehicle .............. 42Infant and child restraint sys-tems ....................................... 42Introduction ............................ 30OCS (Occupant ClassificationSystem) ................................... 39Passenger front air bag offindicator lamp ......................... 39

8 Index

Seat belts ............................ 31, 35SRS indicator lamp, malfunction . 166

OCS (Occupant Classification Sys-tem) ............................................ 39

Self-test ................................. 41Oil

see Engine oilOil level

see Engine oil, Checking levelOn-board Diagnostics Socket (OBD) ... 213Operating safety ............................ 15Outside temperature display ............ 89Overhead control panel .................... 27

P

Paintwork care ............................. 155Panic alarm .................................. 45Parcel nets ............................. 107, 111Parking ........................................ 79Parking brake ................................ 79Parking lamps .............................. 179Parts service ............................... 212PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp

see Passenger front air bag offindicator lamp

Passenger front air bag ................... 36Passenger front air bag off indica-tor lamp ............................. 27, 36, 173Passenger safety

see Occupant safetyPassenger seat ............................... 60Pedals ........................................ 144Power assistance .......................... 144Power outlet ................................. 114Power washer ............................... 154Practical hints

Battery .................................. 196Display messages ..................... 158Flat tire ................................. 186Fuses ..................................... 205Jump starting .......................... 199Replacing bulbs ....................... 178Replacing transmitter battery .... 177Replacing wiper blades ............. 184Towing ................................... 202Unlocking/locking manually ....... 176

Warning and indicatorlamps ............................... 162, 173What to do if ............................ 162Where will I find...? ................. 158

Premium unleaded gasoline ............. 221Problems with your vehicle .............. 16Product information ....................... 13Production options weight .............. 142PSI (air pressure unit) ................... 142

R

Radio .......................................... 98Radio transmitters ........................ 150Rain-light sensor .......................... 70Rear lamps

Overview ................................ 180Rear window defroster ................... 106Rear window wiper/washer ................ 71

Replacing wiper blade .............. 184Recommended tire inflation pres-sure ..................................... 125, 142Refrigerant, air conditioning ......... 221Refueling .................................... 116Remote control

see KeyReplacing bulbs ............................ 178Reporting safety defects .................. 16Research Octane Number

see RONReserve fuel indicator .................... 91Restraint systems

see Occupant safetyRims ..................................... 142, 216Roadside Assistance ....................... 14RON (Research Octane Number) ......... 221Roof

see Soft top system

S

SafetyDriving safety systems ............... 46Occupant safety ......................... 30Reporting defects ...................... 16

Safety beltssee Seat belts

Seat belt force limiter .................... 33

Index 9

Seat belts ..................................... 31Children in the vehicle .............. 42Fastening ................................ 62Proper use of ............................ 31Safety guidelines ...................... 35Safety notes .............................. 31Telltale ................................. 165

Seat heating ................................. 60Seating capacity ........................... 131Seats ........................................... 58

Adjustment ............................... 59Armrest ................................... 59Heating ................................... 60Passenger seat .......................... 60

Self-testOCS (Occupant ClassificationSystem) .................................... 41SRS ......................................... 30

Servicesee Maintenance

Service, parts .............................. 212Service and warranty

Booklet .................................. 212Service flap ................................ 120Service interval display ................. 90Service life (tires) ....................... 134Side marker lamps ......................... 179Sidewall (tires) ............................ 142Side windows

Operation ................................ 76Signs and labels ........................... 213smart surround sound system ........... 100Snow chains ................................. 143Snow tires

see Winter tiresSoft top system ............................... 71

Cleaning the soft top fabric ....... 155Locking rear soft top manually .... 177Mounting the side rails .............. 75Opening and closing the rearsoft top ............................... 56, 73Opening and closing theretractable soft top ............... 56, 72Removing the side rails .............. 74Storing the side rails ................ 75

Sound package .............................. 100

SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem)

Indicator lamp ........................ 166Standing water, driving through ...... 149Starter switch positions .................. 57Starting the engine ........................ 77Status indicator ............................ 90Steering wheel gearshift control ...... 25Storage compartments .................... 109

Coin holder ............................. 110Door pockets ............................ 110Drawer .................................... 111Glove box ................................ 110in the tailgate ......................... 111Parcel nets .............................. 111Storage tray in center console ..... 111Storage trays next to steeringwheel ..................................... 110

Storing tires ............................... 135Sun screen ................................... 113Sun visors ................................... 113

T

TailgateClosing ............................... 55, 57Opening .............................. 54, 56

Tail lamps ................................... 180Technical data

Air conditioning refrigerant ..... 221Brake fluid ............................. 221Coolant .................................. 223Engine oil additives ................. 221Engine oils ............................. 220Fuel requirements .................... 221Gasoline additives ................... 222Identification labels ................ 213Premium unleaded gasoline ........ 221Rims and tires ......................... 216Service fluids and capacities ..... 218Vehicle specification (modelBRABUS) ................................. 216Vehicle specification (modelpassion) ................................. 215Vehicle specification (modelpure) ..................................... 215Windshield/rear window washersystem ............................. 220, 222

10 Index

Technical data (dimensions)see Vehicle specification

Technical data (weights)see Vehicle specification

TemperatureCoolant .................................. 150Interior temperature ................ 104Outside ................................... 89

Tether anchorage pointssee Children in the vehicle

Thorax-pelvis side air bags ............. 38Tightening torque

Wheels ................................... 136TIN (Tire Identification Num-ber) ...................................... 139, 142Tire and Loading Information plac-ard ............................................ 130Tire and loading terminology .......... 140Tire Identification Number

see TINTire inflation pressure

Checking ................................ 127Important notes on .................... 126Placard on driver’s door B-pil-lar ........................................ 130

Tire labeling ............................... 136Tire load rating ........................... 142Tire ply composition and materialused ........................................... 142Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) ........................................ 127Tire repair kit ....................... 158, 186Tires .................................... 124, 216

Air pressure ........................... 125Care and maintenance ............... 134Cleaning ................................ 135Direction of rotation, spinning . . 134Driving instructions ................. 147Flat tire ................................. 186Important notes on tire infla-tion pressure .......................... 126Inflation pressure .............. 126, 127Information placard ................. 130Inspection .............................. 134Labeling ................................ 136Load rating ............................. 142

Ply composition and materialused ...................................... 142Problems under-/overinflation . . . 126Retreads ................................. 124Rims and tires (technical data) . . . 216Rotation ................................. 136Service life ............................ 134Sizes ..................................... 216Snow chains ............................ 143Speed rating ................ 138, 142, 148Storing .................................. 135Temperature ...................... 126, 136Terminology ............................ 140Tire Identification Number . . 139, 142Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS) .............................. 127Traction ..................... 135, 142, 148Tread ..................................... 142Tread depth ....................... 134, 143Treadwear indicators .......... 134, 143Vehicle maximum load on ........... 143Wheel change ........................... 194Winter tires ...................... 143, 216

Tire speed rating .................... 138, 142Top tether

see Children in the vehicleTotal load limit ........................... 142Tow-away alarm ............................. 49Towing ....................................... 202Traction ................................ 142, 148Transmission

see Automatic transmissionTransmission position indicator ...... 87Transmitting power values .............. 212Traveling abroad .......................... 151Tread (tires) ................................ 142Tread depth (tires) .................. 134, 143Treadwear indicators (tires) ..... 134, 143Trip odometer, resetting ................. 90Turning off the engine .................... 81Turn signal lamps ......................... 179Turn signals .................................. 67

Indicator lamps ....................... 169

Index 11

U

Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards .............................. 135, 143Unleaded gasoline, premium ........... 221Unlocking the vehicle ..................... 52

Manually ................................. 176USB socket .................................... 99

V

VehicleBulbs ..................................... 178Care ...................................... 151Identification Number (VIN) ....... 214Locking/unlocking .................... 52Modifications and alterations,Operating safety ....................... 15Towing ................................... 202Unlocking/locking manually ....... 176

Vehicle dimensionssee Vehicle specification

Vehicle Identification Number(VIN) .......................................... 214Vehicle lighting ............................ 64Vehicle loading

Instructions ............................ 112Load limit .............................. 131Roof rack ................................ 112Terminology ............................ 140

Vehicle maximum load on the tire .... 143Vehicle specification

Model BRABUS .......................... 216Model passion ......................... 215Model pure .............................. 215

Vehicle washingsee Vehicle care

Vehicle weightssee Vehicle specification

Ventilationsee HVAC ................................ 102

W

Warning signalsAnti-theft warning system .......... 175Brake pads .............................. 176Door ...................................... 175

Parking .................................. 176Seat belt reminder system .... 165, 175

Warranty coverage ......................... 212Warranty information ...................... 13Washer fluid

Mixing ratio ........................... 222Refilling ............................... 123Wiping .................................... 71

Washer jet nozzles ......................... 186Washing the vehicle ....................... 151Weights (vehicle)

see Vehicle specificationWheel change ............................... 194Wheel cover ................................. 194Wheels, sizes ............................... 216Wheels, Tires and .......................... 124Where will I find...?

Tire repair kit ........................ 158Window curtain air bags .................. 38Windshield

Washer fluid ....................... 71, 222Wipers .................................... 70

Windshield wipers .......................... 70Adjusting washer jet nozzles ...... 186Rain-light sensor ...................... 70Replacing wiper blades ............. 184

Winter drivingDriving instructions ................ 149Snow chains ............................ 143Tires ..................................... 143

Winter tires ........................... 143, 216

12 Index

Product information

We recommend using Genuine smart Parts aswell as conversion parts and accessoriesexplicitly approved by smart for yourvehicle model.

We have tested these parts to determinetheir reliability, safety and special suit-ability for smart vehicles.

We are unable to make an assessment forother products and therefore cannot beheld responsible for them, even if in indi-vidual cases an official approval orauthorization by governmental or otheragencies should exist. Use of such partsand accessories could adversely affect thesafety, performance or reliability of yourvehicle. We strongly recommend that younot use them.

Genuine smart Parts as well as conversionparts and accessories approved by us areavailable at your authorized smart centerwhere you will receive comprehensiveinformation about use and installation ofappropriate parts.

Operator’s Manual

This Operator’s Manual contains a greatdeal of useful information. We urge you toread it carefully and familiarize yourselfwith the vehicle before driving.

For your own safety and longer service lifeof the vehicle, we urge you to follow theinstructions and warnings contained inthis manual. Ignoring them could result indamage to the vehicle or personal injury toyou or others. Vehicle damage caused byfailure to follow instructions is not cov-ered by the smart Limited Warranty.

Your vehicle may have some or all of theequipment described in this manual.Therefore, you may find explanations foroptional equipment not installed in yourvehicle. If you have any questions about theoperation of any equipment, your author-

ized smart center will be glad to demon-strate the proper procedures.

We continuously strive to improve ourproduct, and ask for your understandingthat we reserve the right to make changesin design and equipment. Therefore,information, illustrations and descrip-tions in this Operator’s Manual might dif-fer from your vehicle.

Optional equipment is also described inthis manual, including operating instruc-tions wherever necessary. Since they arespecial-order items, the descriptions andillustrations hereinmay vary slightly fromthe actual equipment of your vehicle.

If there are any equipment details that arenot shown or described in this Operator’sManual, your authorized smart center willbe glad to inform you of correct care andoperating procedures.

The Operator’s Manual and Maintenance/Warranty Booklet (USA only) or Service/Warranty Booklet (Canada only) are impor-tant documents and should be kept with thevehicle.

Warranty information

The smart USA Warranty booklet (USA only)or the Warranty booklet (Canada only) con-tains detailed information about the war-ranties covering your smart, including:

Rsmart USA Limited Warranty (USA only)RNew Vehicle Limited Warranty (Canadaonly)REmission System WarrantyREmission Performance WarrantyRCorrosion WarrantyRCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine, Massa-chusetts, New York, Pennsylvania, RhodeIsland, and Vermont Emission ControlSystem WarrantyRsmartmove Assistance (Canada only)RState Warranty Enforcement Laws (LemonLaws, USA only)

>> Introduction. 13

Important notice for California retailbuyers and lessees of smart automo-biles

Under California law you may be entitledto a replacement of your vehicle or a refundof the purchase price or lease price, ifMercedes-Benz USA LLC and/or its author-ized repair or service facilities fail tofix one or more substantial defects or mal-functions in the vehicle that are coveredby its express warranty after a reasonablenumber of repair attempts. During theperiod of 18 months from original deliveryof the vehicle or the accumulation of18000 miles (approximately 29000 km) onthe odometer of the vehicle, whicheveroccurs first, a reasonable number of repairattempts is presumed for a retail buyer orlessee if one or more of the followingoccurs:

(1) the same substantial defect or mal-function results in a condition that islikely to cause death or serious bodilyinjury if the vehicle is driven, thatdefect or malfunction has been subjectto repair two or more times, and youhave directly notified Mercedes-BenzUSA LLC in writing of the need for itsrepair,

(2) the same substantial defect or mal-function of a less serious nature thancategory (1) has been subject to repairfour or more times and you havedirectly notified us in writing of theneed for its repair, or

(3) the vehicle is out of service by reasonof repair of the same or different sub-stantial defects or malfunctions for acumulative total of more than 30 cal-endar days.

Written notification should not be sent toa dealer, it should be addressed to:

Mercedes-Benz USA LLC

One Mercedes Drive

Montvale, NJ 07645

Maintenance

The ScheduledMaintenance Guide (USA) andService Booklet (Canada) describes all thenecessary maintenance work which shouldbe performed at regular intervals. It isimportant that you service your vehicle inaccordance with the prescribed mainte-nance schedule. Failure to do so may renderyour vehicle unsafe, it may affect the dura-bility of the vehicle, and it may otherwisevoid the limited, express warranty.

Always have the Scheduled MaintenanceGuide (USA) or Service Booklet (Canada)with you when you take the vehicle to yourauthorized smart center for service. Theservice advisor will record each service inthe booklet for you.

Roadside Assistance

The smartmove Assistance (Canada) andsmart 1 service (USA) Program providesfactory trained technical help in the eventof a breakdown. Calls to the toll-free Road-side Assistance number

1-800-762-7887 (in the USA)

1-877-627-8004 (in Canada)

will be answered by smart Customer Assis-tance Representatives 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Roadside Assistance will be provided inaccordance with standard program guide-lines which include providing service tothe vehicle up to a reasonable distancefrom a paved roadway. We will make everyeffort to assist in a breakdown situation,however, the accessibility of your vehiclewill be determined by our authorized smartcenter technician or the tow service pro-vider on a case-by-case basis and may be afactor in our ability to respond.

Additional charges may be applicable fora breakdown location determined not to bea reasonably accessible roadside locationas determined by our authorized techni-cian and tow service provider.

14 >> Introduction.

For additional information refer to thesmart Roadside Assistance Program bro-chure (USA) or the Warranty Booklet (Can-ada) in your vehicle literature portfolio.

Change of address or ownership

In the USA: If you change your address, besure to send in the “Information ChangeCard” found in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

In Canada: If you change your address, besure to send in the “Change of AddressNotice” found in the Warranty Booklet, orsimply call the Customer Service at1-800-387-0100.

Maintaining your current address infor-mation with smart will enable us to contactyou should important new informationabout the vehicle, such as recalls, becomeavailable.

If you sell your smart, please leave all lit-erature with the vehicle to make it avail-able to the next operator.

In the USA: If you bought this vehicle used,be sure to send in the “Information ChangeCard” found in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

In Canada: If you bought this vehicle used,be sure to send in the “Notice of Pre‑OwnedVehicle Purchase” found in the WarrantyBooklet, or call the Customer Service at1-800-387-0100.

Operating your vehicle outside the USAor Canada

If you plan to operate your vehicle in for-eign countries, please be aware that:

RService facilities or replacement partsmay not be readily available.RUnleaded gasoline for vehicles with cat-alytic converters may not be available;

the use of leaded fuels will damage thecatalysts.RGasoline may have a considerably loweroctane rating, and improper fuel cancause engine damage.

Operating safety

G WARNING

Work improperly carried out on electroniccomponents and associated software couldcause them to cease functioning. Becausethe vehicle’s electronic components areinterconnected, any modifications mademay produce an undesired effect on othersystems. Electronic malfunctions couldseriously impair the operating safety ofyour vehicle.

See an authorized smart center for repairsor modifications to electronic compo-nents.

Improper work or modifications on othervehicle systems could also have a negativeimpact on the operating safety of the vehi-cle.

G WARNING

Some safety systems only function while theengine is running. You should thereforenever turn off the engine while driving.

G WARNING

Heavy blows against the vehicle underbodyor tires/wheels, for example when runningover an obstacle, road debris or a pothole,may cause serious damage and impair theoperating safety of your vehicle.

If you feel a sudden significant vibrationor ride disturbance, or you suspect thatdamage to your vehicle has occurred, youshould turn on your hazard warning flash-ers, carefully slow down, and drive withcaution to an area which is a safe distancefrom the road.

>> Introduction. 15

Z

Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires/wheels for possible damage. If the vehicleappears unsafe, have it towed to the nearestauthorized smart center or other qualifiedmaintenance or repair facility for furtherinspection or repairs.

Proper use of the vehicle

Proper use of the vehicle requires that youare familiar with the following informa-tion and rules:

Rthe safety precautions in this manualRthe “Technical data” section in thisman-ualRtraffic rules and regulationsRmotor vehicle laws and safety standards

G WARNING

Various warning labels are attached to yourvehicle. These warning labels are intendedto make you and others aware of variousrisks. You should not remove any of thesewarning labels unless explicitlyinstructed to do so by information on thelabel itself. Removal of any of these labelsmay cause you and others to be unaware ofcertain risks which may result in an acci-dent and/or personal injury.

Problems with your vehicle

If you should experience a problem withyour vehicle, particularly one that youbelieve may affect its safe operation, weurge you to immediately contact an author-ized smart center to have the problemdiag-nosed and corrected if required. Do notdrive the vehicle if you believe it may notbe safely operated. If the matter is nothandled to your satisfaction, please dis-cuss the problem with the smart centermanagement, or if necessary contact us atone of the following addresses:

In the USA:

Mercedes-Benz USA LLC

One Mercedes Drive

Montvale, NJ 07645

In Canada:

Customer Relations Department

98 Vanderhoof Avenue

Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.

Toronto, Ontario, M4G 4C9

Reporting safety defects

For the USA only: The following text is pub-lished as required of manufacturers underTitle 49, Code of U.S. Federal Regulations,Part 575 pursuant to the National Trafficand Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966.

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying Mercedes-Benz USA LLC.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot becomeinvolved in individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or Mercedes-Benz USALLC.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the VehicleSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov ; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA Headquarters, 1200New Jersey Avenue, SE, West Building,Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtainother information about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

16 >> Introduction.

Vehicle data recording

Information regarding electronicrecording devices

(Including notice pursuant to CaliforniaCode § 9951)

Please note that your vehicle is equippedwith devices that can record vehicle sys-tems data.

This information helps, for example, todiagnose vehicle systems after a collisionand to continuously improve vehiclesafety.smart may access the information and shareit with othersRfor safety research or vehicle diagnosispurposesRwith the consent of the vehicle owner orlesseeRin response to an official request by lawenforcement or other government agencyRfor use in dispute resolution involvingsmart, its affiliates or sales/serviceorganization and/orRas otherwise required or permitted bylaw

Information on copyright

General information

Information on license for free and open-source software used in your vehicle andits electronic components is available onthe following website:

http://www.mercedes-benz.com/opensource

>> Introduction. 17

Z

18

>>At

aglance.

Cockpit ........................................... 20

Instrument cluster (miles) ................... 21

Instrument cluster (kilometers) ........... 23

Steering wheel gearshift control .......... 25

Center console .................................. 26

Overhead control panel ....................... 27

Door control panel ............................. 27

Cockpit

Function Page

: Exterior lamp switch 64

; Steering wheel1

= Instrument cluster 21

? Steering wheel gearshiftcontrol 84

A Tachometer* 91

B Cockpit clock* 92

C Glove box 110

AUX/USB sockets* 100

D Overhead control panel 27

E Audio system* 98

F Center console switches 26

G Coin holder 110

Retractable soft topswitch2 73

Function Page

H Gear selector lever 81

I Starter switch 57

J Cup holder 107

K Auxiliary power outlet 114

L Storage tray* 111

M Wiper switch 70

Cruise control switch* 100

Control lever (controlsystem)* 93

N On-board DiagnosticsSocket (OBD) 213

O Horn

P Cruise control buttons* 100

Q Door control panel 27

R Inside door handle 54

1 Model pure only: The steering wheel in this vehicle varies from steering wheel illustrated.2 cabriolet only.

20 Cockpit>>

Ataglance.

* optional

Instrument cluster (miles)

Miles

Instrument cluster (U.S. vehicles)

Function Page

: Speedometer

; Right indicator and warn-ing lamp display 22

= Adjusting instrumentcluster illumination 92

Adjusting ambient light-ing* 68

Setting digital clock 88

? Multifunction display 86

Function Page

A Center indicator andwarning lamp display 22

B Selecting display for sta-tus indicator 90


C Left indicator and warn-ing lamp display 22

Instrument cluster (miles) 21

>>At

aglance.

* optional

Indicator and warning lamps

Function Page

: M Low‑beam head-lamp indicatorlamp

65,169

; # Left turn signalindicator lamp

67,169

= ÷ ESP® warning lamp 167

? ! Right turn signalindicator lamp

67,169

A D EPS* warning lamp 167

B ; Engine malfunctionindicator lamp 170

C ò ABS indicator lamp 163

D $ Brake warning lamp 164

E 5 Engine oil pressureindicator lamp 171

Function Page

F ? Coolant tempera-ture warning lamp 170

G ® Fuel cap indicatorlamp 169

H # Battery indicatorlamp 168

I 6 SRS indicator lamp 166

J 7 Seat belt telltale 165

K h Combination lowtire pressure/TPMSmalfunction tell-tale* 171

L K High‑beam head-lamp indicatorlamp

67,169

22 Instrument cluster (miles)>>

Ataglance.

* optional

Instrument cluster (kilometers)

Kilometers

Instrument cluster (Canada vehicles)

Function Page

: Speedometer

; Right indicator and warn-ing lamp display 24

= Adjusting instrumentcluster illumination 92

Adjusting ambient light-ing* 68


? Multifunction display 86

Function Page

A Center indicator andwarning lamp display 24

B Selecting display for sta-tus indicator 90


C Left indicator and warn-ing lamp display 24

Instrument cluster (kilometers) 23

>>At

aglance.

* optional

Indicator and warning lamps

Function Page

: M Low‑beam head-lamp indicatorlamp

65,169

; # Left turn signalindicator lamp

67,169

= ÷ ESP® warning lamp 167

? ! Right turn signalindicator lamp

67,169

A D EPS* warning lamp 167

B ; Engine malfunctionindicator lamp 170

C ! ABS indicator lamp 163

D J Brake warning lamp 164

E 5 Engine oil pressureindicator lamp 171

Function Page

F ? Coolant tempera-ture warning lamp 170

G ® Fuel cap indicatorlamp 169

H # Battery indicatorlamp 168

I 6 SRS indicator lamp 166

J 7 Seat belt telltale 165

K h Combination lowtire pressure/TPMSmalfunction tell-tale* 171

L K High‑beam head-lamp indicatorlamp

67,169

24 Instrument cluster (kilometers)>>

Ataglance.

* optional

Steering wheel gearshift control

Function Page

: Multifunction display 86

; Right shift paddle3:Upshift 85

= Left shift paddle3: Down-shift 85

i Model pure only:

The steering wheel in this vehicle variesfrom steering wheel illustrated.

3 Model passion and BRABUS only.

Steering wheel gearshift control 25

>>At

aglance.

Center console

Function Page

: Tachometer* 91

; Cockpit clock* 92

= HVAC 102

? Audio system* 98

A Switching front foglamps* on/off 68

B Central locking switch 54

C Hazard warning flasherswitch 69

D Switching tow-away pro-tection*/interior motionsensor* on/off 49

E Restarting TPMS button 127

Function Page

F Switching seat heating*on/off, passenger side 60

G Central unlocking switch 54

H Switching seat heating*on/off, driver’s side 60

I Storage tray* 111

J Gear selector lever 81

K Starter switch 57

L Parking brake lever 79

M Coin holder 110

Retractable soft topswitch4 73

N Cup holder 107

4 cabriolet only.

26 Center console>>

Ataglance.

* optional

Overhead control panel

Function Page

: Passenger front air bagoff indicator lamp

41,162

; Switching interior light-ing on/off 69

= Interior rear view mirror 62

Door control panel

Function Page

: Inside door handle 54

; Adjusting exterior rearview mirrors:

Manually 61

Electrically5 61

= Opening and closing rightside window:

Manually 76

Electrically5 77

? Opening and closing leftside window:

Manually 76

Electrically5 77


Door control panel 27

>>At

aglance.

28

>>Safety.

Occupant safety ................................ 30

Panic alarm ..................................... 45

Driving safety systems ....................... 46

Anti-theft systems ............................ 48

Occupant safety

Introduction

The smart vehicle is equipped with seatbelts and dual stage air bags to protect youin a crash. However, children can be killedor seriously injured by an inflating airbag. Indeed, there is a stronger risk ofserious death or bodily injury when an airbag deploys on a child positioned in arear-facing child seat in the passengerseat. Because this vehicle has only twofront seats and no backseat, it is limitedas are other two-seat vehicles, in theextent to which it may restrain childrentraveling in the passenger front seat. Manystates have laws against placing childrenof certain ages in the front seat of a vehi-cle that has both front and back seats. Thoselaws make exceptions to permit children tobe restrained in the front seat of two seatvehicles. Special instructions and warn-ings are provided below about when and ifyou may restrain a child in the passengerseat of the smart vehicle. Under certaincircumstances, it is appropriate for thepassenger air bag not to operate when achild is restrained in a car seat in thepassenger seat, and this vehicle is equip-ped with technology to accomplish this.Please pay very close attention to theinstructions and warnings below, particu-larly as they relate to children.

In this section you will learn the mostimportant facts about the restraint systemcomponents of the vehicle.

The restraint systems are:

RSeat belts (Y page 31)RChild restraints (Y page 42)

Additional protection potential is pro-vided by:

RSupplemental Restraint System (SRS)with- Air bags (Y page 33)- Air bag control unit (with crash sen-sors)

- Emergency Tensioning Devices andseat belt force limiters (Y page 33)

RAir bag system components with- Passenger front air bag off indicatorlamp (Y page 41)

- Passenger seat with Occupant Classi-fication System (OCS) (Y page 39)

Although independent systems, their pro-tective functions work in conjunction witheach other.

i For information on infants and chil-dren traveling with you in the vehicleand restraint systems for infants andchildren, see “Children in the vehicle”(Y page 42).

The SRS system conducts a self-test whenthe ignition is switched on and in regularintervals while the engine is running. Thisfacilitates detection of malfunctions. TheSRS indicator lamp 6 in the instrumentcluster comes on when the ignition isswitched on and goes out after approx-imately four seconds.

The SRS components are in operationalreadiness if the SRS indicator lamp 6is not lit when the engine is running.

A malfunction in the system has beendetected if the SRS indicator lamp 6Rfails to go out after approximately 4 sec-onds after the ignition was switched onRdoes not come on at allRcomes on after the engine was started orwhile driving

G WARNING

Modifications to or work improperly con-ducted on restraint systems (such as seat

30 Occupant safety>>

Safety.

belts and anchors, Emergency TensioningDevices, seat belt force limiters or airbags) or their wiring, as well as tamperingwith interconnected electronic systems,can lead to the restraint systems no longerfunctioning as intended. Air bags or Emer-gency Tensioning Devices, for example,could deploy inadvertently or fail todeploy in accidents in which they other-wise should deploy (although the deceler-ation threshold for air bag deployment isexceeded). Therefore, never modify therestraint systems. Do not tamper with elec-tronic components or their software.

G WARNING

In the event that the SRS indicator lamp6 comes on while driving or does notcome on at all, the SRS self-check hasdetected a malfunction. For your safety, westrongly recommend that you immediatelybut safely pull the vehicle off of the road-way and stop driving. Contact an authorizedsmart center immediately to have the sys-tem checked; otherwise the SRS may notdeploy when needed in an accident, whichcould result in serious or fatal injury, orit might deploy unexpectedly and unneces-sarily which could also result in injury.

In addition, improper repair work on theSRS creates a risk of rendering the SRSinoperative or causing unintended air bagdeployment. Work on the SRS must thereforeonly be performed by qualified techni-cians. Contact an authorized smart center.If it is necessary to modify an air bag sys-tem to accommodate a person with disabil-ities, contact your local authorized smartcenter.

Seat belts

The use of seat belts and infant and childrestraint systems is required by law in all50 states, the District of Columbia, the U.S.

territories and all Canadian provinces andterritories.

Even where this is not the case, all vehicleoccupants should have their seat belts fas-tened whenever the vehicle is being oper-ated.

For more information, see “Fastening theseat belts” (Y page 62).

i For information on infants and chil-dren traveling with you in the vehicleand restraint systems for infants andchildren, see “Children in the vehicle”(Y page 42).

G WARNING

Always fasten your seat belt before driving.Always make sure all of your passengers areproperly restrained.

Failure to wear and properly fasten andposition your seat belt greatly increasesyour risk of injuries and their likelyseverity in an accident. You and yourpassenger should always wear seat belts.

If you are ever in an accident, your injuriescan be considerably more severe withoutyour seat belt properly buckled.

Without your seat belt buckled, you aremuch more likely to hit the interior of thevehicle or be ejected from it. You can beseriously injured or killed.

In the same crash, the possibility of injuryor death is lessened if you are properlywearing your seat belt. Air bags can onlyprotect you if you are properly wearingyour seat belt.

G WARNING

Never ride in amoving vehicle with the seatbackrest in an excessively reclined posi-tion as this can be dangerous. You couldslide under the seat belt in a collision. Ifyou slide under it, the belt would applyforce at the abdomen or neck, causing ser-ious or even fatal injuries. The seat back-rest and seat belt provide the bestrestraint when the wearer is in a position

Occupant safety 31

>>Safety.

Z

that is as upright as possible and the beltis properly positioned on the body.

G WARNING

Never let more people ride in the vehiclethan there are seat belts available. Makesure everyone riding in the vehicle is cor-rectly restrained with a separate seat belt.Never use a seat belt for more than one per-son at a time.

G WARNING

Seat belts of a vehicle involved in an acci-dent must be inspected by smart. Only thenis it possible to determine whether the seatbelts were damaged or stressed in the acci-dent. Damaged or stressed seat belts maynot properly protect you in a subsequentaccident.

Only use seat belts which have beenapproved by smart.

Do not make any modifications to the seatbelts. This can lead to unintended activa-tion of the Emergency Tensioning Devices(ETDs) or to their failure to activate whennecessary.

Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this mayseverely weaken them. In a crash, they maynot be able to provide adequate protection.

Have all work carried out only by qualifiedtechnicians. Contact an authorized smartcenter.

G WARNING

USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY

RSeat belts can only work when used prop-erly. Never wear seat belts in any otherway than as described in this section, asthat could result in serious injuries incase of an accident.

REach occupant should wear their seat beltat all times, because seat belts helpreduce the likelihood of and potentialseverity of injuries in accidents,including rollovers. The integratedrestraint system includes SRS (driver

front air bag, passenger front air bag,head-thorax air bags) and EmergencyTensioning Devices (ETDs) with seat beltforce limiters.

The system is designed to enhance theprotection provided by secured seatbelts in certain frontal and sideimpacts.

RNever wear the shoulder belt under yourarm, against your neck or off yourshoulder. Doing so may cause your body tomove too far forward in a frontal crash,which would increase the chance of headand neck injuries. The seat belt wouldalso apply too much force to the ribs orabdomen, which could severely injureinternal organs such as your liver orspleen.

RNever wear seat belts over rigid orbreakable objects in or on your clothing,such as eyeglasses, pens, keys, etc., asthese might cause injuries.

RPosition the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips and not across the abdomen.If the lap seat belt is positioned acrossyour abdomen, it could cause seriousinjuries in a crash.

RNever use a seat belt for more than oneperson at a time. Do not fasten a seat beltaround a person and another person orother objects at the same time.

RSeat belts should not be worn twisted. Ina crash, you would not have the full widthof the seat belt to manage impact forces.The twisted seat belt against your bodycould cause injuries.

RPregnant women should also always use alap-shoulder belt. The lap belt portionshould be positioned as low as possibleon the hips to avoid any possible pres-sure on the abdomen.

RNever place your feet on the instrumentpanel, dashboard or on the seat. Always


Safety.

keep both feet on the floor in front of theseat.

RWhen using a seat belt to secure infant ortoddler restraints or children in boosterseats, always follow the child seat man-ufacturer’s instructions.

Emergency Tensioning Devices (ETDs)and seat belt force limiters

The seat belts are equipped with Emer-gency Tensioning Devices and seat beltforce limiters.

Emergency Tensioning Devices aredesigned to activate in the followingcases:Rin frontal or rear-end impacts exceed-ing the system deployment thresholdRif the restraint systems are operationaland functioning correctlyRin collisions with high vehicle decel-eration/acceleration in the longitudi-nal direction, e.g. a head-on collisionRon passenger side when the seat is occu-pied and the seat belt is fastenedRindependently of the front air bags

When activated, Emergency TensioningDevices remove slack from the seat belts insuch a way that the seat belts fit moresnugly against the body. Seat belt forcelimiters, when activated, reduce the forceexerted by the seat belts on occupants dur-ing a crash.

When the emergency tensioning device istriggered, the SRS indicator lamp 6 inthe instrument cluster illuminates, see“SRS indicator lamp” (Y page 166).

G WARNING

Once they have been triggered, EmergencyTensioning Devices will no longer functionproperly and must be replaced. smart rec-ommends that you visit a qualified work-shop to have this done. In particular, workrelevant to safety or on safety-related sys-

tems must be carried out at a qualifiedspecialist workshop.

Comply with safety regulations when dis-posing of Emergency Tensioning Devices.These regulations are available at anysmart center.

The belt force limiter is designed to oper-ate in unison with the front air bag, whichabsorbs a portion of the seat belt’s decel-erating forces, distributing the load overa larger area.

In the event of a head-on or rear-end col-lision, the emergency tensioning device isactivated if the vehicle is decelerated oraccelerated sufficiently in the longitudi-nal direction at the start of impact with theignition switched on.

Air bags

Air bags can reduce the severity of inju-ries in serious collisions, e.g. in a head-on collision or a side impact.

G WARNING

Air bags are designed to reduce the poten-tial of injury in certain frontal impacts(front air bags and knee bags), or sideimpacts (head-thorax air bags, windowcurtain air bags and thorax-pelvis airbags) which may cause significant inju-ries. However, no system available todaycan completely eliminate injuries andfatalities.

The deployment of the air bags temporarilyreleases a small amount of dust from the airbags. This dust is neither injurious to yourhealth, nor does it indicate a fire in thevehicle. The dust might cause some tempo-rary breathing difficulty for people withasthma or other breathing trouble. To avoidthis, you may wish to get out of the vehicleas soon as it is safe to do so. If you have anybreathing difficulty but cannot get out ofthe vehicle after the air bag inflates, thenget fresh air by opening a window or door.

Occupant safety 33

>>Safety.

Z

G WARNING

To reduce the risk of injury when the frontair bags inflate, it is very important forthe driver and passenger to always be in aproperly seated position and to wear theirrespective seat belt.

For maximum protection in the event of acollision always be in normal seated posi-tion with your back against the backrest.Fasten your seat belt and ensure it is prop-erly positioned on your body.

Since the air bag inflates with considera-ble speed and force, a proper seating andhands on steering wheel position will helpto keep you at a safe distance from the airbag.

Occupants who are unbelted, out of positionor too close to the air bag can be seriouslyinjured or killed by an air bag as itinflates extremely quickly and with greatforce:

RSit properly belted in a position that isas upright as possible with your backagainst the seat backrest.

RAdjust the driver’s seat as far as possiblerearward, still permitting proper oper-ation of vehicle controls. The distancefrom the center of the driver’s breast-bone to the center of the air bag cover onthe steering wheel must be at least10 inches (25 cm) or more. You should beable to accomplish this by adjustments tothe seat. If you have any problems, pleasecontact an authorized smart center.

RDo not lean your head or chest close to thesteering wheel or dashboard.

RKeep hands on the outside of the steeringwheel rim. Placing hands and arms insidethe rim can increase the risk and poten-tial severity of hand/arm injury when thedriver’s front air bag inflates.

RAdjust the passenger seat as far as pos-sible rearward from the dashboard whenthe seat is occupied.

ROccupants, especially children, shouldnever place their bodies or lean theirheads in the area of the door where thehead-thorax air bag (cabriolet) orthorax-pelvis side air bag (coupé)inflates. This could result in seriousinjuries or death should the head-thoraxair bag (cabriolet) or thorax-pelvis sideair bag (coupé) be deployed. Always sitas upright as possible, wear the seat beltproperly and use an appropriately sizedinfant restraint, toddler restraint, orbooster seat recommended for the sizeand weight of the child.

Failure to follow these instructions canresult in severe injuries to you or otheroccupants.

If you sell your vehicle, it is important thatyou make the buyer aware of this safetyinformation. Be sure to give the buyer thisOperator’s Manual.

i Air bags are designed to deploy only incertain frontal impacts (front air bagsand knee bags), or side impacts (head-thorax air bags, window curtain air bagsand thorax-pelvis air bags) whichexceed preset thresholds. Only duringthese events will they provide their sup-plemental protection.

The driver and passenger should alwayswear their seat belts. Otherwise it is notpossible for air bags to provide theirsupplemental protection.

In case of other types of impacts andimpacts below air bag deploymentthresholds, air bags will not deploy. Thedriver and passenger will then be pro-tected to the extent possible by a prop-erly fastened seat belt. A properly fas-tened seat belt is also needed to providethe best possible protection in a roll-over.


Safety.

We caution you not to rely on the presenceof the air bags in order to avoid wearingyour seat belt.

It is important to your safety and that ofyour passenger that you replace deployedair bags and repair any malfunctioningair bags to make sure the vehicle willcontinue to provide supplemental crashprotection for occupants.

Safety guidelines for the seat belt,Emergency Tensioning Devices (ETDs)and air bag

G WARNINGRDamaged seat belts or seat belts that havebeen highly stressed in an accident mustbe replaced and their anchoring pointsmust also be checked. Only use seat beltsinstalled or supplied by an authorizedsmart center.

RAir bags and Emergency TensioningDevices (ETDs) contain Perchloratematerial, which may require specialhandling and regard for the environment.Check with your local government’s dis-posal guidelines. California residents,see http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/Perchlorate/index.cfm .

RGiven the considerable deploymentspeed, required inflation volume, andthe textile structure of the air bags,there is the possibility of abrasions orother, potentially more serious injuriesresulting from air bag deployment.

RAir bags and Emergency TensioningDevices (ETDs) are designed to functionon a one-time-only basis. An air bag orETD that has deployed must be replaced.

RDo not pass seat belts over sharp edges.They could tear.

RDo not make any modification that couldchange the effectiveness of the seatbelts.

RNomodifications of any kindmay bemadeto any components or wiring of the SRS.

This includes changing or removing anycomponent or part of the SRS, the instal-lation of additional trim material,badges, etc. over the steering wheel hub,passenger front air bag cover, outboardsides of the seat backrests, and instal-lation of additional electrical/elec-tronic equipment on or near SRS compo-nents and wiring. Keep area between airbags and occupants free from objects(e.g. packages, purses, umbrellas, etc.).

RDo not bleach or dye seat belts as this mayseverely weaken them. In a crash they maynot be able to provide adequate protec-tion.

RDo not hang hangers on the coat hooks orhandles over the door. These items mayturn into projectiles and cause head andother injuries when the head-thorax airbag is deployed.

RAir bag system components will be hotafter an air bag has inflated. Do not touchthem.

RNever place your feet on the instrumentpanel, dashboard, or on the seat. Alwayskeep both feet on the floor in front of theseat.

RIn addition, improper repair work on theSRS creates a risk of rendering the SRSinoperative or causing unintended airbag deployment. Work on the SRS musttherefore only be performed by qualifiedtechnicians. Contact an authorized smartcenter.

RFor your protection and the protection ofothers, when scrapping the air bag unitor Emergency Tensioning Devices (ETDs),our safety instructions must be followed.These instructions are available fromany authorized smart center.

How an air bag operates

An air bag is inflated in a matter of mil-liseconds. If an air bag is triggered, theSRS indicator lamp 6 in the instrumentcluster illuminates.

Occupant safety 35

>>Safety.

Z

! If the air bags are activated, you willhear a loud noise and some dust may begenerated. The explosion fundamentallyrepresents no risk to your hearing.

An inflated air bag slows down and reducesthe movement of the occupant. When theoccupant makes contact with a front air bagor head-thorax air bag (cabriolet only),hot gas flows out of the inflated front airbags and head-thorax air bags (cabrioletonly). This reduces the load on the occu-pant’s head and upper body. These air bagsare consequently deflated after the acci-dent.

Driver front air bag/passenger front airbag

The front air bags are designed to reducethe potential of injury in certain frontalimpacts.

Driver front air bag and passenger frontair bag are deployed

Rat the start of an accident with highvehicle deceleration in the longitudinaldirectionRindependently of other air bags in thevehicle being deployedRnever in the event of a rollover, unlesshigh vehicle deceleration in the longi-tudinal direction is detected

i The front air bags in this vehicle havebeen designed to inflate in two stages.This allows the air bag to have differentrates of inflation that are based on therate of relevant vehicle decelerationand a fastened or unfastened seat belt asassessed by the air bag control unit.

On the passenger side, the front air bagdeployment is additionally influencedby the passenger’s weight category asidentified by the Occupant Classifica-tion System (OCS) (Y page 39).

The lighter the passenger side occupant,the higher the vehicle deceleration rate

required for the second stage inflationof the air bag.

The air bags will not deploy in impactswhich do not exceed the system’s deploy-ment thresholds. In such instances, the seatbelts are designed to protect you.

The passenger air bag will only bedeployed if

Rthe system, based on OCS weight sensorreadings, senses that the passenger seatis occupied and the 4 0indicator lamp is not lit (Y page 41)Rthe impact exceeds a preset deploymentthreshold

The driver front air bag is located in thesteering wheel housing, the passengerfront air bag above the glove box.

: Driver front air bag

; Passenger front air bag

Knee bags

: Driver’s knee bag

; Passenger knee bag


Safety.

The knee bags are designed to provideincreased protection for the driver andpassenger against the risk of injuries tothe knees, thighs and lower legs. The kneebags are located on the lower instrumentpanel. They are designed to operatetogether with the front air bags in certainfrontal impacts if the system determinesthat air bag deployment can offer addi-tional protection to that provided by theseat belts. Knee bags operate best in con-junction with a properly positioned andfastened seat belts.

Head-thorax air bags (cabriolet only)

G WARNING

There is a possibility for a head-thorax airbag related injury if occupants, especiallychildren, are not properly seated orrestrained when next to a head-thorax airbag which needs to deploy rapidly in a sideimpact in order to do its job.

To help avoid the possibility of injury,please follow these guidelines:

(1) Occupants, especially children,should never place their bodiesor lean their heads in the area ofthe door where the head-thoraxair bag inflates. This couldresult in serious injuries ordeath should the head-thorax airbag be deployed.

(2) Always sit as upright as possi-ble, properly use the seat belts,and for all children 12 years oldor under, use an appropriatelysized infant restraint, toddlerrestraint, or booster seat rec-ommended for the size andweight of the child.

(3) Always wear seat belts properly.

G WARNING

Only use seat covers which have been testedand approved by smart for your vehicle

model. A seat cover must have a deploymentcontrol seam for the head-thorax air bag.Using other seat covers may interfere withor prevent the deployment of the head-thorax air bags. Contact an authorizedsmart center for availability.

If activated, the head-thorax air bags areintended to provide increased protectionfor the head and thorax (but not arms) of theoccupants on the side of the vehicle that isstruck.

The head-thorax air bags are deployed

Ron the side of the vehicle that is struck(when passenger side is struck only if theseat is occupied)Rat the start of an accident with highvehicle deceleration or accelerationacting in a lateral direction, e.g. a sideimpactRregardless of whether or not the seat beltis in useRindependently of the front air bagsbeing deployedRindependently of the emergency tension-ing device

The head-thorax air bags are integratedinto the driver and passenger seat backr-ests.

: Head-thorax air bag

Occupant safety 37

>>Safety.

Z

Window curtain air bags and thorax-pel-vis side air bags (coupé only)

G WARNING

There is a possibility for a thorax-pelvisside air bag related injury if occupants,especially children, are not properlyseated or restrained when next to a thorax-pelvis side air bag which needs to deployrapidly in a side impact in order to do itsjob.

To help avoid the possibility of injury,please follow these guidelines:

(1) Occupants, especially children,should never place their bodiesor lean their heads in the area ofthe door where the thorax-pelvisside air bag inflates. This couldresult in serious injuries ordeath should the thorax-pelvisside air bag be deployed.

(2) Always sit as upright as possi-ble, properly use the seat belts,and for all children 12 years oldor under, use an appropriatelysized infant restraint, toddlerrestraint, or booster seat rec-ommended for the size andweight of the child.

(3) Always wear seat belts properly.

G WARNING

Only use seat covers which have been testedand approved by smart for your vehiclemodel. A seat cover must have a deploymentcontrol seam for the thorax-pelvis side airbag. Using other seat covers may interferewith or prevent the deployment of thethorax-pelvis side air bags. Contact anauthorized smart center for availability.

Window curtain air bags

Window curtain air bags are designed toprovide increased protection for the head,but not the chest or arms.

Window curtain air bags are deployed

Ron the impacted side of the vehicleRin instances with a high rate of lateralvehicle deceleration or accelerationRindependently of the front air bagsRregardless of whether the passenger seatis occupiedRin a rollover if the system determinesthat air bag deployment can offer addi-tional protection to that provided by theseat belt.

The window curtain air bags are integratedinto the inner side of the roof frame. Theyrun above the doors from the A-pillar to theB-pillar.

: Window curtain air bags

Thorax-pelvis side air bags

Thorax-pelvis side air bags are designedto provide increased protection for thethorax and pelvis, but not the arms.

Thorax-pelvis side air bags are deployed

Ron the impacted side of the vehicleRin instances with a high rate of lateralvehicle deceleration or accelerationRindependently of the front air bagsRregardless of whether the seat belt on theimpacted side of the vehicle is in useRindependently of the ETDs.

Thorax-pelvis side air bags will generallynot deploy in a rollover.


Safety.

The thorax-pelvis side air bags willdeploy, however, if the system detects

Ra high rate of lateral vehicle decelera-tion or acceleration, andRthat air bag deployment can offer addi-tional protection to that provided by theseat belt.

The thorax-pelvis side air bags are inte-grated into the driver and passenger seatbackrests.

: Thorax-pelvis side air bags

Occupant Classification System

The Occupant Classification System (OCS)automatically turns the passenger front airbag on or off based on the classified occu-pant weight category determined by weightsensor readings from the passenger seat.

i Based on the classified occupantweight category determined by weightsensor readings from the passenger seat,the system does also deactivate

Rhead-thorax air bag (cabriolet)Rthe window curtain air bag (coupé)Rthe thorax-pelvis side air bag (coupé)Rthe seat Emergency Tensioning Devi-cesRthe seat belt force limiter.

Occupants must sit properly belted in aposition that is as upright as possible withtheir back against the seat backrest andfeet on the floor to be correctly classified.

If the occupant’s weight is transferred toanother object in the vehicle (e.g. by lean-ing on armrests), the OCS may not be able toproperly approximate the occupant’sweight category.

i If the seat, including the trim cover andcushion, needs to be serviced in any way,take the vehicle to an authorized smartcenter. Only seat accessories approvedby smart may be used.

Both driver and the passenger shouldalways use the 4 0 indicatorlamp as an indication of whether or notthe passenger is properly positioned(Y page 41).

G WARNING

If the 4 0 indicator lamp illu-minates when an adult or someone largerthan a small individual is in the passengerseat, have the passenger re-position him-self or herself in the seat until the4 0 indicator lamp goes out.

In the event of a collision, the air bagcontrol unit will not allow passenger frontair bag deployment when the OCS has clas-sified the passenger seat occupant asbeing up to or less than the weight of a typ-ical 12‑month‑old child in a standard childrestraint, or if the passenger seat issensed as being empty.

When the OCS senses that the passenger seatoccupant is classified as being up to orless than the weight of a typical12‑month‑old child in a standard childrestraint, the 4 0 indicatorlamp will illuminate when the ignition isswitched on and remain illuminated, indi-cating that the passenger front air bag isdeactivated.

When the OCS senses that the passenger seatis classified as being empty, the4 0 indicator lamp will illu-minate and remains illuminated.

When the OCS senses that the passenger seatoccupant is classified as being heavier

Occupant safety 39

>>Safety.

Z

than the weight of a typical 12‑month‑oldchild seated in a standard child restraintor as being a small individual (such as ayoung teenager or a small adult), the4 0 indicator lamp will illu-minate for approximately 4 seconds whenthe ignition is switched on and then,depending on occupant weight sensor read-ings from the seat, remains illuminated orgoes out.

When the 4 0 indicator lamp isilluminated, the passenger front air bag isdeactivated.

When the 4 0 indicator lamp isout and the passenger seat is occupied byan adult or someone larger than a smallindividual, the passenger front air bag isactivated.

When the OCS senses that the passenger seatoccupant is classified as an adult or some-one larger than a small individual, the4 0 indicator lamp will illu-minate for approximately 4 seconds whenthe ignition is switched on and then goesout, indicating that the passenger front airbag is activated.

If the 4 0 indicator lamp isilluminated, the passenger front air bag isdeactivated and will not be deployed.

If the4 0 indicator lamp is notilluminated, the passenger front air bag isactivated and will be deployed

Rin the event of certain frontal impacts

Rif impact exceeds a preset deploymentthreshold

Rindependently of the head-thorax airbags

If the passenger front air bag is deployed,the rate of inflation will be influenced by

Rthe rate of vehicle deceleration and afastened or unfastened seat belt asassessed by the air bag control unit

Rthe passenger’s weight category as iden-tified by the OCS

G WARNING

Children 12 years old and under must beseated and properly secured in an appro-priate infant or child restraint recom-mended for the size and weight of the child.

The infant or child restraint must be prop-erly secured with the vehicle’s seat belt,fully in accordance with the child seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

Children can be killed or seriously injuredby an inflating air bag. Note the followingimportant information:

RYour vehicle is equipped with air bagtechnology designed to turn off thepassenger front air bag in your vehiclewhen the system senses the weight of atypical 12‑month‑old child or less alongwith the weight of a standard appropri-ate child restraint on the passenger seat.

RA child in a rear-facing child restrainton the passenger seat will be seriouslyinjured or even killed if the passengerfront air bag inflates in a collisionwhich could occur under some circum-stances, even with the air bag technologyinstalled in your vehicle.

RIf you install a rear-facing childrestraint on the passenger seat, makesure the 4 0 indicator lampis illuminated, indicating that thepassenger front air bag is deactivated.Should the 4 0 indicatorlamp not illuminate or go out while therestraint is installed, please checkinstallation.

Periodically check the 4 0indicator lamp while driving to makesure the 4 0 indicator lampis illuminated.

If the 4 0 indicator lampgoes out or remains out, do not transporta child on the passenger seat until thesystem has been repaired.

A child in a rear-facing child restrainton the passenger seat may be seriously


Safety.

injured or even killed if the passengerfront air bag inflates.

RIf you place a child in a forward-facingchild restraint on the passenger seat,move the seat as far back as possible, usethe proper child restraint recommendedfor the age, size and weight of the childby the seat manufacturer, and securechild restraint with the vehicle’s seatbelt according to the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions. For childrenlarger than the typical 12‑month‑oldchild, the passenger front air bag may ormay not be activated.

i Deployment of the driver front air bagdoes not mean that the passenger frontair bag also should have deployed.

The Occupant Classification System mayhave determined

Rthat the seat was empty or occupied by theweight up to or less than that of a typical12‑month‑old child seated in a standardchild restraint — both instances wherethe system suppresses deployment of thepassenger front air bag even though theimpact met the criteria and was of suf-ficient severity to deploy the driverfront air bagRthat the seat was occupied by a smallindividual (such as a young teenager ora small adult) or a child weighing morethan the weight of a typical 12‑month‑oldchild in a standard child restraint —instances where the system may suppressdeployment of the passenger front airbag even though the impact met the cri-teria and was of sufficient severity todeploy the driver front air bag

Passenger front air bag off indicatorlamp

The indicator lamp is located on the over-head control panel.

Passenger front air bag off indicatorlamp: illuminates when the passengerfront air bag is deactivated.

G WARNING

When the SRS indicator lamp 6 and the4 0 indicator lamp are lit atthe same time, there is a malfunction in theOccupant Classification System.

In order to ensure proper operation of theair bag system and OCS:

RHave the system checked as soon as pos-sible by qualified technicians. Contactan authorized smart center.

RSit properly belted in a position that isas upright as possible with your backagainst the seat backrest.

RDo not lean on the armrests or lift your-self from the seat by using the handleover the door as this may cause the OCS tobe unable to correctly approximate theoccupant weight category.

ROnly have the seat repaired or replacedby an authorized smart center.

RRead and observe all warnings in thischapter.

Self-test Occupant Classification Sys-tem

After turning the key in the starter switchto position 1 or 2, the4 0 indi-cator lamp located in the center consoleilluminates. If an adult occupant is prop-erly sitting on the passenger seat and thesystem senses the occupant as being an

Occupant safety 41

>>Safety.

Z

adult, the 4 0 indicator lampwill illuminate and go out after approx-imately 4 seconds.

If the seat is not occupied and the systemsenses the passenger seat as being empty,the 4 0 indicator lamp willilluminate and not go out.

G WARNING

If the 4 0 indicator lamp doesnot illuminate immediately after startingthe engine, the system is not functioning.Youmust contact an authorized smart centerbefore seating any child on the passengerseat.

More information can be found in the“Practical hints” section (Y page 173).

G WARNING

Never place anything between seat cushionand child seat (e.g. pillow), since itreduces the effectiveness of the OccupantClassification System. The bottom of thechild seat must make full contact with thepassenger seat cushion. An incorrectlymounted child seat could cause injuries tothe child in case of an accident, instead ofincreasing protection for the child.

Follow the manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation of child seats.

Children in the vehicle

If an infant or child is traveling with youin the vehicle:

X Secure the child using an infant or childrestraint appropriate to the age and sizeof the child.

X Make sure the infant or child is properlysecured at all times while the vehicle isin motion.

G WARNING

Do not leave children unattended in thevehicle, even if they are secured in a childrestraint system. The children could

Rinjure themselves on parts of the vehicle

Rbe seriously or fatally injured throughexcessive exposure to extreme heat orcold

Do not expose the child restraint system todirect sunlight. The child restraint sys-tem’s metal parts, for example, couldbecome very hot, and the child could beburned on these parts.

If children open a door, they could

Rinjure other persons

Rget out of the vehicle and injure them-selves or be injured by following traffic

Do not carry heavy or hard objects in thepassenger compartment unless they arefirmly secured in place.

For more information, please refer to the“Loading and storing section”.

Unsecured or improperly positioned cargoincreases a child’s risk of injury in theevent of

Rstrong braking maneuvers

Rsudden changes of direction

Ran accident

Infant and child restraint system

We recommend all infants and children beproperly restrained at all times while thevehicle is in operation.

The passenger lap-shoulder belt has a spe-cial seat belt retractor for secure fasten-ing of child restraints.

To fasten a child restraint, follow allmounting instructions provided by thechild restraintmanufacturer. Then pull theshoulder seat belt out completely and let itretract. During seat belt retraction, aratcheting sound can be heard to indicatethat the special seat belt retractor is acti-


Safety.

vated. The seat belt is now locked. Pushdown on child restraint to take up anyslack.

To deactivate, release seat belt buckle andlet seat belt retract completely. To deac-tivate the special seat belt retractor forthe passenger seat, the passenger seat mustbe in the most backward position. The seatbelt can again be used in the usual manner.

G WARNING

Never release the seat belt buckle while thevehicle is in motion, since the special seatbelt retractor will be deactivated.

The use of infant or child restraints isrequired by law in all 50 states, the Dis-trict of Columbia, the U.S. territories, andall Canadian provinces and territories.

Infants and small children should be seatedin an appropriate infant or child restraintsystem properly secured in accordancewith the manufacturer’s instructions forthe child restraint, that complies with U.S.Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards 213, 213.1 and 213.2.

A statement by the child restraint manu-facturer of compliance with these stand-ards can be found on the instruction labelon the restraint and in the instructionmanual provided with the restraint.

When using any infant restraint, toddlerrestraint, or booster seat be sure to care-fully read and follow all manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

Please read and observe warning labelsaffixed to the inside of the vehicle and toinfant or child restraints.

G WARNING

Children 12 years old and under must beseated and properly secured in an appro-priately sized infant restraint, toddlerrestraint, or booster seat recommended forthe size and weight of the child.

The infant or child restraint must be prop-erly secured with the vehicle’s seat beltfully in accordance with the child seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

Occupants, especially children, shouldnever place their bodies or lean theirheads in the area of the door where thehead-thorax air bags (cabriolet), windowcurtain air bags (coupé) and thorax-pelvisair bags (coupé) inflates. This could resultin serious injuries or death should thehead-thorax air bags (cabriolet), windowcurtain air bags (coupé) and thorax-pelvisair bags (coupé) be triggered. Always sit asupright as possible, properly use the seatbelt and use an appropriately sized infantrestraint, toddler restraint, or boosterseat recommended for the size and weightof the child.

Children can be killed or seriously injuredby an inflating air bag. Note the followingimportant information when circumstancesrequire you to place a child in thepassenger seat:

RYour vehicle is equipped with air bagtechnology designed to turn off thepassenger front air bag in your vehiclewhen the Occupant Classification Systemsenses the weight of a typical12‑month‑old child or less along with theweight of an appropriate child restrainton the passenger seat.

RA child in a rear-facing child restrainton the passenger seat may be seriouslyinjured or even killed if the passengerfront air bag inflates in a collision.

RIf you install a rear-facing childrestraint on the passenger seat, makesure the 4 0 indicator lampis illuminated, indicating that thepassenger front air bag is deactivated.

Should the 4 0 indicatorlamp not illuminate or go out while therestraint is installed, please checkinstallation. Periodically check the4 0 indicator lamp while

Occupant safety 43

>>Safety.

Z

driving to make sure the4 0 indicator lamp is illu-minated. If the 4 0 indica-tor lamp goes out or remains out, do nottransport a child on the passenger seatuntil the system has been repaired. Achild in a rear-facing child restraint onthe passenger seat may be seriouslyinjured or even killed if the passengerfront air bag inflates.

RIf you place a child in a forward-facingchild restraint on the passenger seat,move the seat as far back as possible, usea proper child restraint recommendedfor the age, size and weight of the child,and secure child restraint with the vehi-cle’s seat belt according to the child seatmanufacturer’s instructions. For chil-dren larger than the typical12‑month‑old child, the passenger frontair bag may or may not be activated.

G WARNING

Infants and small children should nevershare a seat belt with another occupant.During an accident, they could be crushedbetween the occupant and seat belt.

A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuriesis significantly increased if the childrestraints are not properly secured in thevehicle and/or the child is not properlysecured in the child restraint.

Children too big for a toddler restraintmust ride in a seat using regular seat belt.

Position shoulder belt across chest andshoulder, not face or neck. A booster seatmay be necessary to achieve proper seatbelt positioning for children over 41 lbsuntil they reach a height where a lap-shoulder belt fits properly without a boos-ter.

When the child restraint is not in use,remove it from the vehicle or secure it withthe seat belt to prevent the child restraintfrom becoming a projectile in the event ofan accident.

Do not leave children unattended in thevehicle, even if the children are secured ina child restraint system. Unsupervisedchildren in a child restraint system mayuse vehicle equipment and may cause anaccident and/or serious personal injury.

If you are using a rear-facing childrestraint system on the passenger seat, youmust verify that the passenger front air bagis deactivated. When the passenger frontair bag is deactivated, the4 0 indicator lamp is illumi-nated (Y page 41).

Top tether

Top tether permits an additional connec-tion between a child restraint system andthe passenger seat. Proper usage of the toptether, in accordance with instructionsprovided by the child restraint manufac-turer, can further reduce the risk of inju-ries.

The top tether anchorage is located on thefloor of the cargo compartment. The toptether guide for the top tether strap islocated above, on the head restraint.


Safety.

X Thread top tether strapA through toptether guide: down the back ofpassenger seat; to top tether anchor-age=.

X Attach top tether hook? to top tetheranchorage= on the floor of the cargocompartment.

i If you are using divider plus*, thehooks of the top tether and the dividerplus* are attached to the same anchorage.

X Install the child restraint system andtighten top tether strapA according tothe child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

G WARNING

After installing top tether straps, makesure the seat backrests are in an uprightposition and are properly locked. Push andpull on the seat backrests to ensure they areproperly secured in the locked position. Ifa seat backrest is not properly locked, theseat backrest could fold. The child seatwould no longer be properly supported orpositioned to provide its intended bene-fit. That could cause serious or even fatalinjuries.

Panic alarm

X Activating: Press and hold button: forat least 1 second.An audible alarm and flashing exteriorlamps will operate briefly.

X Deactivating: Press button: once more.

orX Insert the key in the starter switch.

i USA only:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

Any unauthorized modification to thisdevice could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

The product label with FCC ID and IC cer-tification number can be found in thebattery case.

i Canada only:

This device complies with RSS‑210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interfer-ence, and

2. this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference

Panic alarm 45

>>Safety.

* optional Z

that may cause undesired operation ofthe device.



Driving safety systems

Introduction

G WARNING

The following factors increase the risk ofaccidents:

RExcessive speed, especially in turns

RWet and slippery road surfaces

RFollowing another vehicle too closely

The driving safety systems described inthis section cannot reduce these risks orprevent the natural laws of physics fromacting on the vehicle.

Always adapt your driving style to the pre-vailing road and weather and traffic con-ditions and keep a safe distance to otherroad users and objects on the street.

i In winter operation, the maximumeffectiveness of the ABS, the hydraulicbrake assistant, and the ESP® is only ach-ieved with winter tires (Y page 143) orsnow chains* as required.

Antilock Brake System (ABS)

G WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Use firm,steady brake pedal pressure instead. Pump-ing the brake pedal defeats the purpose ofthe ABS and significantly reduces brakingeffectiveness.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS) regulatesthe brake pressure so that the wheels do not

lock during braking. This allows you tomaintain the ability to steer your vehicle.

On slippery road surfaces, the ABS willrespond even to light brake pressure.

The ABS indicator lamp in the instrumentcluster (Y page 21) comes on when you switchon the ignition. It goes out when the engineis running.

Braking

At the instant one of the wheels is about tolock up, a slight pulsation can be felt inthe brake pedal, indicating that the ABS isregulating the brake pressure.

X Keep firm and steady pressure on thebrake pedal while experiencing the pul-sation.

Continuous, steady brake pedal pressureyields the advantages provided by the ABS,namely braking power and the ability tosteer the vehicle.

A pulsating brake pedal can be an indica-tion of hazardous road conditions andfunctions as a reminder to take extra carewhile driving.

Emergency brake maneuver

X Keep continuous full pressure on thebrake pedal.

G WARNING

When the ABS is malfunctioning, thehydraulic brake assistant and the ESP® arealso switched off.

When the ABS is malfunctioning, the wheelsmay lock during hard braking, reducingsteering capability and extending thebraking distance.

G WARNING

The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws ofphysics from acting on the vehicle, nor canit increase braking or steering efficiencybeyond that afforded by the condition of thevehicle brakes and tires or the traction

46 Driving safety systems>>

Safety.

* optional

afforded. The ABS cannot prevent acci-dents, including those resulting fromexcessive speed in turns, followinganother vehicle too closely, or hydroplan-ing. Only a safe, attentive, and skillfuldriver can prevent accidents. The capabil-ities of an ABS equipped vehiclemust neverbe exploited in a reckless or dangerousmanner which could jeopardize the user’ssafety or the safety of others.

Electronic Stability Program (ESP®)

Your vehicle is equipped with the Elec-tronic Stability Program (ESP®). The ESP®

is operational as soon as the engine isrunning and it monitors the vehicle’s trac-tion (force of adhesive friction betweenthe tires and the road surface) and han-dling.

The ESP® recognizes when a wheel is spin-ning or if the vehicle starts to skid. Byapplying brakes to the appropriate wheeland by limiting the engine output, theESP® works to stabilize the vehicle. TheESP® is especially useful while driving offand on wet or slippery road surfaces. TheESP® also stabilizes the vehicle duringbraking and steering maneuvers.

The ESP® warning lamp ÷ in the instru-ment cluster flashes when the ESP® isengaged.

The ESP® warning lamp ÷ in the instru-ment cluster comes on when you switch onthe ignition. It goes out when the engine isrunning.

Depending on the driving situation, theESP®

Rreduces the speedRselectively brakes individual wheelsRequalizes the speed of the driven wheelsRstabilizes the vehicle when brakingRassists you in evasive maneuvers on allroads

G WARNING

If the ESP® warning lamp ÷ in theinstrument cluster flashes, proceed as fol-lows:

RWhile driving off, apply as little throt-tle as possible.

RWhile driving, ease up on the acceleratorpedal.

RAdapt your speed and driving style to theprevailing road conditions.

Failure to observe these guidelines couldcause the vehicle to skid.

The ESP® cannot prevent accidents result-ing from excessive speed.

G WARNING

The ESP® cannot prevent the natural laws ofphysics from acting on the vehicle, nor canit increase the traction afforded. TheESP® cannot prevent accidents, includingthose resulting from excessive speed inturns, or hydroplaning. Only a safe, atten-tive, and skillful driver can prevent acci-dents. The capabilities of an ESP® equip-ped vehicle must never be exploited in areckless or dangerous manner which couldjeopardize the user’s safety or the safety ofothers.

! Because the ESP® operates automati-cally, the engine must be turned off(ignition switched off) when the parkingbrake is being tested on a brake testdynamometer. Active braking actionthrough the ESP®may otherwise seriouslydamage the brake system which is notcovered by the smart Limited Warranty.

i The ESP® will only function properly ifyou use wheels of the recommended tiresize (Y page 216).

Hydraulic brake assistant

The hydraulic brake assistant operates inemergency situations. If you apply the

Driving safety systems 47

>>Safety.

Z

brakes very quickly, the hydraulic brakeassistant automatically provides fullbrake boost, thereby potentially reducingthe braking distance.

X Apply continuous full braking pressureuntil the emergency braking situation isover.The ABS will prevent the wheels fromlocking.

When you release the brake pedal, thebrakes function again as normal. Thehydraulic brake assistant is then deacti-vated.

G WARNING

When the hydraulic brake assistant is mal-functioning, the brake system is still func-tioning normally, but without the addi-tional brake boost that would normally beprovided during an emergency brakingmaneuver. Therefore, the braking distancemay increase.

G WARNING

The hydraulic brake assistant cannot pre-vent the natural laws of physics from actingon the vehicle, nor can it increase brakingefficiency beyond that afforded by the con-dition of the vehicle brakes and tires or thetraction afforded. The hydraulic brakeassistant cannot prevent accidents,including those resulting from excessivespeed in turns, following another vehicletoo closely, or hydroplaning. Only a safe,attentive, and skillful driver can preventaccidents. The capabilities of a hydraulicbrake assistant equipped vehicle mustnever be exploited in a reckless or dan-gerous manner which could jeopardize theuser’s safety or the safety of others.

Activating the hazard warning flasherafter an emergency braking maneuver

If you bring the vehicle to a complete stopby strongly braking at a speed of more than43 mph (70 km/h), the hazard warning

flasher comes on automatically as soon asthe vehicle is at a standstill. The hazardwarning flasher will remain on until it isswitched off using the hazard warningflasher switch (Y page 69) or until thespeed of the vehicle has exceeded 6 mph(10 km/h).

Anti-theft systems

Electronic immobilizer

The electronic immobilizer preventsunauthorized persons from starting yourvehicle.

When leaving the vehicle, always take thekey with you and lock the vehicle. Theengine can be started by anyone with a keythat is left inside the vehicle.

X Activating: Remove the key from thestarter switch.

X Deactivating: Insert the key in thestarter switch.

X Turn the key to starter switch position 1.

Anti-theft warning system*

Once the anti-theft warning system hasbeen armed, a visual and audible alarm istriggered when

Rsomeone opens a door or the tailgateRsomeone enters the vehicle’s interiorRthere is motion inside the vehicleRsomeone attempts to raise the vehicle

The alarm will also be triggered whenunlocking and opening the driver’s doorwith the key.

i The alarm will stay on, even if thedriver’s door is immediately closed. Forcanceling the alarm, see (Y page 49).

Close the windows and the tailgate beforearming the alarm system. Make sure thereare no moving objects inside the vehicle.

48 Anti-theft systems>>

Safety.

* optional

X Arming: Lock the vehicle using theremote control.Warning system indicator lamp:flashes rapidly. The anti-theft warningsystem arms after about 25 seconds. Whenthe anti-theft warning system is armed,warning system indicator lamp:flashes about every three seconds.

i You can also arm the anti-theft warningsystem by locking the vehicle withoutusing the remote control (Y page 176).

X Disarming: Unlock the vehicle using theremote control.The anti-theft warning system is dis-armed. Warning system indicatorlamp: stops flashing.

Canceling the alarm

X Insert the key in the starter switch.X Turn the key to starter switch position 1.

orX Press button# or* on the key.

Tow-away alarm* and interior motionsensor*

Once the anti-theft warning system hasbeen armed, a visual and audible alarm istriggered when someone attempts to raisethe vehicle or if motion is detected insidethe vehicle.

X Arming: Lock the vehicle using theremote control.The tow-away protection and the interiormotion sensor are armed after about25 seconds.

X Disarming: Unlock the vehicle using theremote control.The tow-away protection and the interiormotion sensor are disarmed.

Canceling the alarm



Switching off tow-away protection andinterior motion sensor

Switch off the tow-away protection and theinterior motion sensor when locking thevehicle and

Rtransporting the vehicle,Rboard, e.g. a ferry or auto train,Rthere are people or animals in the vehi-cle,Rthe side windows remain open.

This prevents any false alarm.

X Remove the key from the starter switch.X Press switch: within 60 seconds.Indicator lamp; comes on.

Anti-theft systems 49

>>Safety.

* optional Z

X Exit the vehicle.X Lock the vehicle using the remotecontrol.

i The tow-away protection and the inter-ior motion sensor remain switched offuntil you lock your vehicle again.

50 Anti-theft systems>>

Safety.

>>Controls.

Opening and closing .......................... 52

Starter switch positions ..................... 57

Seats .............................................. 58

Mirrors ........................................... 61

Seat belts ........................................ 62

Lighting ......................................... 64

Windshield wipers ............................ 70

Soft top system (cabriolet only) ............ 71

Side windows .................................... 76

Driving and parking .......................... 77

Transmission ................................... 81

Instrument cluster ............................. 86

Control system* ................................ 92

Audio system* .................................. 98

Driving systems ............................... 100

HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air Con-ditioning) ...................................... 102

Loading and storing ......................... 107

Useful features ................................ 113

Opening and closing

Key

Key with remote control

: * Lock button

; $ Opening the retractable soft top6/

unlocking the upper tailgate7

= # Unlock button

The remote control centrally locks andunlocks:

Rthe driver’s doorRthe fuel filler flapRthe passenger doorRthe upper tailgate

G WARNING

When leaving the vehicle, always remove thekey from the starter switch, take it withyou, and lock the vehicle. Do not leave chil-dren unattended in the vehicle, or withaccess to an unlocked vehicle. It is possi-ble for children to open a locked door fromthe inside, which could result in an acci-dent and/or serious personal injury.

! To prevent possible malfunction, avoidexposing the remote control to high lev-els of electromagnetic radiation.

! If you can no longer lock or unlock thevehicle with the remote control, the bat-teries in the remote control are dis-

charged, or the remote control is mal-functioning.RCheck the batteries in the remotecontrol and replace them if necessary.RIf you do not have a spare transmitterbattery at hand, use the key to open thedriver’s door and the fuel filler flap.

If the remote control is malfunctioning,contact an authorized smart center.

i USA only:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.



i Canada only:

This device complies with RSS‑210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interfer-ence, and

2. this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.



6 cabriolet only.7 coupé only.

52 Opening and closing>>

Controls.

! The remote control has an operatingrange of approximately 50 ft (15 meters).

This can fluctuate greatly as a conse-quence of local conditions (reflective orabsorbing objects) and interferenceemitted by other radio transmission sys-tems. Similarly, the operating rangefluctuates in line with the directionfrom which the remote control is acti-vated.

To prevent theft, however, it is advisableto only unlock the vehicle when you arein close proximity to it.

Locking and unlocking from the out-side

X Selective unlocking: Press button# onthe key once.All turn signal lamps flash once.

The anti-theft warning system* is dis-armed.

The driver’s door and the fuel filler flapare unlocked.

X Global unlocking: Press button# on thekey twice.All turn signal lamps flash once again.The passenger door and the tailgate areunlocked in addition to the driver’s doorand the fuel filler flap.

X Global locking: Press button* on thekey.With the doors, the tailgate(s), and thefuel filler flap closed, the turn signallamps flash three times.

The anti-theft warning system* is armed.

The indicator lamp on the central lock-ing switch flashes (Y page 54).

The interior and exterior8 lamps come onand then go out again after 12 seconds.

i In vehicles with anti-theft warningsystem*, an acoustic signal will soundwhen locking or unlocking the vehicle.

When unlocking, the acoustic signalsounds once. When locking, the acousticsignal sounds three times.

The acoustic signal is activated at thefactory. If you wish to deactivate thefeature, contact an authorized smartcenter.

Automatic locking

Auto-relock function

The vehicle will lock again automaticallywithin approximately 60 seconds ofunlocking with the key if neither thedriver’s nor passenger door is opened.

! To prevent an inadvertent lockout,never leave your key lying in the vehicle.

Drive lock function

The vehicle locks automatically when theignition is switched on and the wheels areturning at vehicle speeds of approximately8 mph (14 km/h) or more. The drive lockfunction is enabled at the factory.

X Switching on: Switch off the ignition.X Press the central locking switch(Y page 54) and button* on the keysimultaneously.An acoustic signal sounds.

The drive lock function is switched on.X Switching off: Switch off the ignition.X Press the central unlocking switch(Y page 54) and button# on the keysimultaneously.An acoustic signal sounds.

The drive lock function is switched off.

8 Vehicles with rain-light sensor* only.

Opening and closing 53

>>Controls.

* optional Z

Locking and unlocking from the inside

G WARNING

When leaving the vehicle, always remove thekey from the starter switch, take it withyou, and lock the vehicle. Do not leave chil-dren unattended in the vehicle, or withaccess to an unlocked vehicle. A child’sunsupervised access to a vehicle couldresult in an accident and/or serious per-sonal injury.

You can lock and unlock the vehicle frominside using the central locking or unlock-ing switch. This can be useful, for example,if you want to unlock the passenger doorfrom inside or lock the vehicle beforestarting to drive.

X Locking: Press central lockingswitch:.The indicator lamp on central lockingswitch: comes on, when the starterswitch is in position 1.

The indicator lamp on central lockingswitch: flashes, when the starterswitch is in position 0.

With the doors and the tailgate closed,the vehicle locks.

X Unlocking: Press central unlockingswitch;.The vehicle unlocks and the indicatorlamp on central locking switch: goesout.

Opening the doors from the inside

You can open a locked door from the inside.Open door only when conditions are safe todo so.

X Pull on inside door handle:.With the driver’s door open a warningsignal sounds if the exterior lamps areswitched on and the ignition is switchedoff.

Opening the upper tailgate on thecoupé

G WARNING

Make sure the tailgate is closed when theengine is running and while driving.Among other dangers, deadly carbon mon-oxide (CO) gases may enter vehicle interiorresulting in unconsciousness and death.


Controls.

X Press button# on the key twice.

X Press and hold button$ on the key forapproximately two seconds.

orX Pull the release handle in handlerecess: of the lower tailgate.The upper tailgate is unlocked.

X Swivel the upper tailgate upwards toopen.

Observe the information on loading thevehicle (Y page 112).

For information on vehicle weights, see“Vehicle specification” (Y page 215).

Opening the lower tailgate on thecoupé

G WARNING

High outside temperature, stop-and-gotraffic, driving on long uphill grades, ordriving at high engine speed may increasethe temperature in the engine compart-ment. Therefore the area around the airslots in the rear apron may be hot. Let theengine cool off before touching this areato prevent burns.

X Open the upper tailgate (Y page 54).

X Pull either of the release levers:back-wards.The lower tailgate is unlocked.

X Swivel the lower tailgate downwards toopen.The lower tailgate is held in the hori-zontal position by means of the tworetaining straps.

! When folded down, the lower tailgatecan bear loads up to maximum of 220 lbs(100 kg).

Observe the information on loading thevehicle (Y page 112).

For information on vehicle weights, see“Vehicle specification” (Y page 215).

Closing the tailgate(s) on the coupé

G WARNING

To prevent possible personal injury,always keep hands and fingers away from thecargo compartment opening when closingthe tailgate(s). Be especially careful whensmall children are around.

X Swivel the lower tailgate upwards toclose. Allow the two release levers toengage audibly.

X Swivel the upper tailgate downwards toclose.

G WARNING

When leaving the vehicle, always remove thekey from the starter switch, take it with

Opening and closing 55

>>Controls.

Z

you, and lock the vehicle. Do not leave chil-dren unattended in the vehicle, or withaccess to an unlocked vehicle. A child’sunsupervised access to a vehicle couldresult in an accident and/or serious per-sonal injury.

Opening and closing the retractablesoft top (cabriolet only)

You can fully open the retractable soft topwith the key.


: * Lock button

; $ Opening the retractable soft top

= # Unlock button

X Opening: Press button$ on the key forapproximately two seconds.The retractable soft top opens.

i Pressing symbols#,* or$ on thekey with remote control while openingthe retractable soft top will interruptthe opening procedure.

X Closing: Press symbolG on theretractable soft top switch (Y page 56).

G WARNING

When closing the retractable soft top, makesure there is no danger of anyone beingharmed by the closing procedure.

i The remote control has an operatingrange of approximately 50 ft (15 meters).

Take care that you do not open your vehi-cle’s retractable soft top inadvertently.

Opening the tailgate on the cabriolet

G WARNING


G WARNING


X Press button# on the key twice.

X Pull the release handle in handlerecess: of the tailgate.The tailgate is unlocked.

X Swivel the tailgate downwards to open.

Opening and closing the rear soft top(cabriolet only)

You can open the rear soft top to ease load-ing and unloading.


Controls.

X Opening: Push release levers:, locatedto the left and right of the retainingclip, upwards.

X Swivel the rear soft top upwards to open.

G WARNING

To prevent possible personal injury,always keep hands and fingers away from thecargo compartment opening when closingthe rear soft top. Be especially carefulwhen small children are around.

X Closing: Swivel the rear soft top down-wards to close.

X Pull soft top down.X Pull release levers:, located to the leftand right of the retaining clip, down-wards.

X Make sure the rear soft top is correctlylocked in place on both sides.

Closing the tailgate on the cabriolet

G WARNING

To prevent possible personal injury,always keep hands and fingers away from thecargo compartment opening when closingthe tailgate. Be especially careful whensmall children are around.

! When closing the tailgate, you mustfirst close the rear soft top. Otherwiseyou might break the release levers of therear soft top.

X Swivel the tailgate upwards to close. Letthe tailgate lock into place.

G WARNING


Starter switch positions

Starter switch

Starter switch positions 57

>>Controls.

Z

g For removing key

1 Ignition (power supply for all elec-trical consumers) and driving posi-tion

All lamps (except low‑beam head-lamp indicator lamp, high‑beamheadlamp indicator lamp, and turnsignal indicator lamps unless acti-vated) in the instrument clustercome on. If a lamp in the instrumentcluster fails to come on when theignition is switched on, have itchecked and replaced if necessary.If a lamp in the instrument clusterremains on after starting theengine or comes on while driving,refer to “Warning and indicatorlamps in the instrument cluster”(Y page 162).

2 Starting (Y page 77)

i When you switch on the ignition, theindicator and warning lamps (exceptlow‑beam headlamp indicator lamp,high‑beamheadlamp indicator lamp, andturn signal indicator lamps unless acti-vated) in the instrument cluster come on.The indicator and warning lamps (exceptlow‑beam headlamp indicator lamp,high‑beamheadlamp indicator lamp, andturn signal indicator lamps if activated)will go out when the engine is running.This indicates that the respective sys-tems are operational.

Seats

Safety notes

G WARNING

All seat adjustments, as well as fasteningof seat belts, must be done before the vehi-cle is operated.

G WARNING

When adjusting the seat, make sure no onebecomes trapped.

Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driv-ing. Adjusting the seat while driving couldcause the driver to lose control of the vehi-cle.

Never ride in amoving vehicle with the seatbackrest in an excessively reclined posi-tion as this can be dangerous. You couldslide under the seat belt in a collision. Ifyou slide under the seat belt, it could applyforce at the abdomen or neck, potentiallycausing serious or fatal injuries. The seatbackrest and seat belts provide the bestrestraint when the wearer is in a positionthat is as upright as possible and seat beltsare properly positioned on the body.

Your seat must be adjusted so that you cancorrectly fasten your seat belt.

Observe the following points:

RAdjust the seat backrest until your armsare slightly angled when holding thesteering wheel.

RAdjust the seat to a comfortable seatingposition that still allows you to reach theaccelerator/brake pedal safely. Theposition should be as far back as possi-ble with the driver still able to operatethe controls properly.

RNever place hands under the seat or nearany moving parts while a seat is beingadjusted.

Failure to do so could result in an accidentand/or serious personal injury.

Observe the notes on the air bag system.

G WARNING

Children 12 years old and under must beseated and properly secured in an appro-priately sized infant restraint, toddlerrestraint, or booster seat recommended forthe size and weight of the child. For addi-tional information, see “Children in thevehicle”.

58 Seats>>

Controls.

A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuriesis significantly increased if the childrestraints are not properly secured in thevehicle and/or the child is not properlysecured in the child restraint.

G WARNING

Contact an authorized smart center if theseats have become damaged.

The seat is an integral part of the vehicle’ssafety system in the same way as seat beltsand air bags. Damage to the seats mayreduce their ability to protect the occu-pants in an accident.

Seat adjustment

: Seat backrest tilt

; Seat fore and aft adjustment

Seat backrest tilt

X Adjusting: Sit down on the front seat.X Pull adjustment lever: upwards andadjust the seat backrest until your armsare slightly angled when holding thesteering wheel.

X Release adjustment lever: when thedesired seat backrest tilt is reached.When you hear an audible click, the seatbackrest is again fixed into place.

X Check for proper engagement beforedriving.

i When adjusting the tilt of the backrestwithout any load on the seat then hold onto the backrest with one hand.

Seat fore and aft adjustment

X Pull adjustment handle; upwards andslide the seat to a seating position thatstill allows you to reach the accelerator/brake pedal safely.

X Release adjustment handle; when thedesired seating position is reached.When you hear an audible click, the seatis again fixed into place.


Seat height

The seat guide is inclined in the horizon-tal plane. Seat fore and aft adjustment alsoalters the seat height.

Armrest* on driver’s seat

Folding up and downX Folding up:Hold front of armrest and foldit up in direction of arrow:.

X Folding down: Hold front of armrest andfold it down in direction of arrow;.

Adjusting armrest angle

You can adjust the angle of the armrest whenit is folded down.

X Turn thumb wheel=.

Seats 59

>>Controls.

* optional Z

RDirection of arrow?: down

RDirection of arrowA: up

Passenger seat

You can expand the cargo compartment byfolding down the passenger seat.

Observe the loading instructions(Y page 112).

Folding down

X Remove the seat belt from seat beltguide:.

X Move the passenger seat backward as faras it will go.

X Hold the backrest with one hand back.X Pull adjustment lever; upwards andunlock the seat backrest.

X Fold the seat backrest forward.

Folding back

X Pull adjustment lever; upwards andunlock the seat backrest.

X Fold the seat backrest backward.When you hear an audible click, the seatbackrest is again fixed into place.


X Place the seat belt back in seat beltguide:.

G WARNING

When folding the passenger seat backrestback to its upright position, please makesure

Rnobody becomes trapped

Rno obstacles are jammed in the lock

Rthe adjustment lever has audibly lockedinto position

A properly engaged passenger seat back-rest will help to prevent stored objects inthe cargo compartment from being thrownabout and injuring vehicle occupants dur-ing

Rbraking

Rvehicle maneuvers

Ran accident

Seat heating*

The seat heating allows you to heat thedriver’s and passenger seat electrically.

The seat heating has two levels.

60 Seats>>

Controls.

* optional

The indicator lamps on seat heatingswitch: come on to show which heatinglevel you have selected.

Level Indicator lamps on the switch

off No indicator lamp on

1 One indicator lamp on

2 Two indicator lamps on

X Make sure the key is in starter switchposition 1.

X Switching on: Press seat heatingswitch: repeatedly until the desiredseat heating level is reached.

X Switching off: Press seat heatingswitch: repeatedly until all indicatorlamps go out.

! If the seat heating is malfunctioning,the indicator lamp(s) on the switchcome(s) on briefly when you press theswitch and then go(es) out again. Contactan authorized smart center.

Mirrors

Adjust the interior and exterior rear viewmirrors before driving so that you have agood view of the road and traffic condi-tions.

Exterior rear view mirrors

G WARNING

Exercise care when using the passenger-side exterior rear view mirror. The mirrorsurface is convex (outwardly curved surfacefor a wider field of view). Objects inmirrorare closer than they appear. Check yourinterior rear view mirror and glance overyour shoulder to determine whether anyvehicles are in the ’blind spot’ of your fieldof vision, before changing lanes.

Manually adjustable exterior rear viewmirrors

X Adjusting: Move adjustment lever: up,down, left, or right to the desired set-ting.

Power exterior rear view mirrors

This feature is only available on the modelpassion and BRABUS.

The operating control is on the doorcontrol panel.


X Selecting the mirror: Turn knob: to theleft for the driver’s side exterior rearview mirror or to the right for thepassenger side exterior rear view mir-ror.

X Adjusting the mirror: Move adjustmentbutton; up, down, left, or right to thedesired setting.

Mirrors 61

>>Controls.

Z

Exterior rear view mirror heating

This feature is only available on the modelpassion and BRABUS and in conjunctionwith power exterior rear view mirrors.

After switching on the rear windowdefroster, the exterior rear view mirrorswill be heated automatically. This pre-vents icing up the exterior rear view mir-rors and also creates a clear view when theexterior rear view mirrors have fogged up.

If the rear window defroster is automati-cally deactivated after approximately10 minutes of operation, the exterior rearview mirror heating also deactivates.


X Switching on: Switch on the rear windowdefroster (Y page 106).The exterior rear view mirror heating isswitched on.

X Switching off: Switch off the rear windowdefroster (Y page 106).The exterior rear view mirror heating isswitched off.

i The exterior rear view mirror heatingalso switches off if the key is turned tostarter switch position 0.

Interior rear view mirror

X Adjusting the mirror: Manually move theinterior rear view mirror up, down, left,or right to the desired setting.

X Selecting the antiglare position: Tiltthe interior rear view mirror to theantiglare position by moving lever:forward or backward.

Seat belts

Fastening the seat belts

G WARNING

Always fasten your seat belt before driving.Always make sure all of your passengers areproperly restrained.

Failure to wear and properly fasten andposition your seat belt greatly increasesyour risk of injuries and their likelyseverity in an accident. You and yourpassenger should always wear seat belts.

If you are ever in an accident, your injuriescan be considerably more severe withoutyour seat belt properly buckled.

Without your seat belt buckled, you aremuch more likely to hit the interior of thevehicle or be ejected from it. You can beseriously injured or killed.

In the same crash, the possibility of injuryor death is lessened if you are properlywearing your seat belt. Air bags can onlyprotect you if you are properly wearingyour seat belt.

G WARNING

Children 12 years old and under must beseated and properly secured in an appro-priately sized infant restraint, toddlerrestraint, or booster seat recommended forthe size and weight of the child. For addi-tional information, see “Children in thevehicle”.

A child’s risk of serious or fatal injuriesis significantly increased if the childrestraints are not properly secured in the

62 Seat belts>>

Controls.

vehicle and/or the child is not properlysecured in the child restraint.

G WARNING

Never let more people ride in the vehiclethan there are seat belts available. Makesure everyone riding in the vehicle is cor-rectly restrained with a separate seat belt.Never use a seat belt for more than one per-son at a time.

G WARNING

Never ride in amoving vehicle with the seatbackrest in an excessively reclined posi-tion as this can be dangerous. You couldslide under the seat belt in a collision. Ifyou slide under it, the belt would applyforce at the abdomen or neck, causing ser-ious or even fatal injuries. The seat back-rest and seat belt provide the bestrestraint when the wearer is in a positionthat is as upright as possible and the beltis properly positioned on the body.

G WARNING

Observe ”Safety notes“ (Y page 35).

: Seat belt outlet

; Seat belt guide

= Latch plate

? Seat belt buckle

A Release button

X Fastening the seat belt: With a smoothmotion, pull the seat belt out of seat beltoutlet:.

X Place the shoulder portion of the seatbelt across the top of your shoulder andthe lap portion across your hips.

X Push latch plate= into seat beltbuckle? until it clicks.

X If necessary, tighten the lap portion ofthe seat belt to a snug fit by pullingshoulder portion up.

X Unfastening the seat belt: Press releasebuttonA.

X Allow the retractor to completely rewindthe seat belt by guiding latch plate=.

Proper use of seat belts

RDo not twist the seat belt when fastening.RAdjust the seat belt so that the shoulderportion is located as close as possibleto the middle of the shoulder (it should

Seat belts 63

>>Controls.

Z

not touch the neck). Never pass theshoulder portion of the seat belt underyour arm.RPosition the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips (over hip joint) and notacross the abdomen.RPlace the seat backrest in a position thatis as upright as possible.RNever use a seat belt for more than oneperson at a time.RDo not fasten a seat belt around a personand another object at the same time. Whenusing a seat belt to secure infant or tod-dler restraints or children in boosterseats, always follow the child seat man-ufacturer’s instructions.RCheck your seat belt during travel tomake sure it is properly positioned.RMake sure the seat belt is always fittedsnugly. Take special care to maintain asnug fit when wearing loose clothing.

G WARNING

Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges.They could tear.

Do not allow the seat belt to get caught inthe door or in the seat adjustment mecha-nism. This could damage the seat belt.

Never attempt to make modifications toseat belts. This could impair the effec-tiveness of the seat belts.

Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this mayseverely weaken them. In a crash they maynot be able to provide adequate protection.

Damaged seat belts or seat belts that werehighly stressed in an accident must bereplaced. Contact an authorized smartcenter.

Correct driver seat adjustment

G WARNING

Observe ”Safety notes“ (Y page 58).

X Adjust the driver’s seat properly(Y page 59).

Make sure that you

Rare positioned as far away from thedriver’s front air bag as possibleRcan reach steering wheel: with yourarms slightly bent at the elbowsRcan fasten seat belt; properly

Ryou have adjusted seat backrest= toa position that is as upright as possi-bleRyou can move your legs freelyRyou can depress the brake and accel-erator pedal safely.

X Make sure the seat belt is fastened prop-erly (Y page 62).

Lighting

Exterior lamp switch

For safety, smart recommends that youdrive with your low‑beam headlamps onduring the day. In certain countries, locallaws dictate that low‑beam headlamps areswitched on automatically during opera-tion of the vehicle.

64 Lighting>>

Controls.

i If you drive in countries where vehi-cles drive on the other side of the roadthan the country in which the vehicle isregistered, you must have the headlampsmodified for symmetrical low beams.Relevant information can be obtained atany authorized smart center.

Exterior lamp switch

$ Lamps off

Daytime running lamp mode*T Parking lamps

L Low‑beam headlamps or high‑beamheadlamps

Ã Automatic headlamp mode*

Parking lamps

You can switch on and off the parking lampswith the exterior lamp switch using themanual headlamp mode.

X Switching on: Turn the exterior lampswitch to position T.The parking lamps come on.

The following lamps also come on:RTail lampsRLicense plate lampsRSide marker lamps

Low‑beam headlamps

You can switch on and off the low‑beamheadlamps with the exterior lamp switchusing the manual headlamp mode.

X Switching on: Turn the exterior lampswitch to position L.The low‑beam headlamps come on.

The low‑beam headlamp indicator lampM in the instrument cluster comes on.

The following lamps also come on:RTail and parking lampsRLicense plate lampsRSide marker lamps

Automatic headlamp mode*

This feature is only available on vehicleswith rain-light sensor*.

The following lamps come on and go outautomatically depending on the brightnessof the ambient light:RLow‑beam headlampsRTail and parking lampsRLicense plate lampsRSide marker lamps

G WARNING

If the exterior lamp switch is set to posi-tionÃ, the headlamps will not be auto-matically switched on under foggy condi-tions.

To minimize risk to you and to others, acti-vate headlamps by turning exterior lampswitch to position L when driving orwhen traffic and/or ambient lighting con-ditions require you to do so.

In low ambient lighting conditions, onlyswitch from positionÃ to L with thevehicle at a standstill in a safe location.Switching from positionÃ to L willbriefly switch off the headlamps. Doing sowhile driving in low ambient lighting con-ditions may result in an accident.

The automatic headlamp feature is only anaid to the driver. The driver is responsiblefor the operation of the vehicle’s lights atall times.

Lighting 65

>>Controls.

* optional Z

X Turn the exterior lamp switch to positionÃ.With the key in starter switch position1, the tail and parking lamps, the licenseplate lamps, and the side marker lampswill come on and go out automaticallydepending on the brightness of the ambi-ent light.

With the engine running, the low‑beamheadlamps, the tail and parking lamps,the license plate lamps and the sidemarker lamps will come on and go outautomatically depending on the bright-ness of the ambient light.

Daytime running lamp mode*

In USA, the daytime running lamp mode canbe deactivated.

In Canada, the daytime running lamp modeis mandatory and therefore in a constantmode.

Depending on the vehicle equipment, yourvehicle comes either with low-beam day-time running lamps or with LED daytimerunning lamps.

Switching on:

X Start the engine.The daytime running lamps are switchedon.

On vehicles with low beam daytime run-ning lamps the parking lamps also comeon.

Switching off - vehicles without rain-light sensor*:

X Switch on the parking lamps T or thelow‑beam headlamps M.The daytime running lamps are switchedoff.

Switching off - vehicles with rain-lightsensor*:

X Switch on the parking lamps T or thelow‑beam headlamps M.The daytime running lamps are switchedoff.

orX Turn the exterior lamp switch to positionÃ.With the engine running, the low‑beamheadlamps, the tail and parking lamps,the license plate lamps and the sidemarker lamps will come on and go outautomatically depending on the bright-ness of the ambient light.

Deactivating (USA only):

X Switch off the ignition.X Remove the key from the starter switch.X Switch on the high-beam flasher andpress button# on the key simultane-ously.An acoustic signal sounds.

The daytime running lamp mode is deac-tivated.

Reactivating (USA only):

X Switch off the ignition.X Remove the key from the starter switch.X Switch on the high-beam flasher andpress button# on the key simultane-ously.An acoustic signal sounds.

The daytime running lamp mode is reac-tivated.

Combination switch (high beam, highbeam flasher and turn signals)


66 Lighting>>

Controls.

* optional

High‑beam headlamps and high-beamflasher

X Make sure the low‑beam headlamps areswitched on (Y page 65).

X Switching on: Push the combinationswitch to position1.The high‑beam headlamps come on.

The high‑beam headlamp indicator lampK in the instrument cluster comes on.

X Switching off: Pull the combinationswitch in direction of arrow; to itsoriginal position.The high‑beam headlamps go out.

The high‑beam headlamp indicator lampK in the instrument cluster goes out.

X High-beam flasher: Pull the combinationswitch briefly in direction of arrow;.

Turn signals

: Turn signals, right

; Turn signals, left

X Switching on: Push the combinationswitch in direction of arrow: or;.The corresponding turn signals flash.

The corresponding turn signal indicatorlamp# or! in the instrumentcluster flashes.

The combination switch resets automat-ically after major steering wheel move-ment.

i To signal minor directional changessuch as changing lanes, push the combi-nation switch only to the point of resist-ance and release. The corresponding turnsignals will flash three times.

Coming home function

Vehicles without rain-light sensor: Theinterior lamps come on and then go outagain after 12 seconds every time when youlock or unlock the vehicle.

Vehicles with rain-light sensor*: In addi-tion to the interior lamps, the exteriorlamps come on and then go out again after12 seconds depending on the brightness ofthe ambient light when you lock or unlockthe vehicle.

When leaving the vehicle

X Remove the key from the starter switch.X Exit the vehicle.X Press button* on the key.The vehicle is locked.


When returning to the vehicle

X Press button# on the key either once ortwice.The vehicle is either selectively orglobally unlocked.

9 Vehicles with rain-light sensor*.

Lighting 67

>>Controls.

* optional Z


Ambient lighting*

The ambient lighting illuminates thevehicle interior with 6 LEDs when the low-beam headlamps are switched on. The LEDscan be dimmed.

The LEDS are located

Rin the overhead control panelRin the door pockets, driver’s andpassenger sideRin the storage trays to the left and rightof the steering wheel

In addition to the ambient lighting, thefootwells on the driver’s and passengerside are also illuminated by separatelamps.

i When you open a door, the interiorlighting comes on and the brightness oflamps in the footwells increases.


X Switch on the parking lamps.X To brighten or dim ambient lighting:Press button: on the instrument clusterrepeatedly until the desired setting isreached.The current setting is stored.

i When adjusting the ambient lighting,the illumination level for instrumentcluster is also changed (Y page 92).

Front fog lamps

G WARNING

Vehicles with rain-light sensor*:

In low ambient lighting or foggy condi-tions, only switch from positionÃ toL with the vehicle at a standstill in asafe location. Switching fromÃ toL will briefly switch off the headlamps.Doing so while driving in low ambientlighting conditions may result in an acci-dent.

i Fog lamps will operate with the parkinglamps and/or the low‑beam headlamps on.Fog lamps should only be used in con-junction with low‑beam headlamps. Con-sult your State or Province Motor VehicleRegulations regarding permissiblelamp operation.

i Vehicle with rain-light sensor*:

Fog lamps cannot be switched onmanuallywith the exterior lamp switch in posi-tionÃ. To switch on the fog lamps,turn the exterior lamp switch to positionL first.

9 Vehicles with rain-light sensor*.

68 Lighting>>

Controls.

* optional

X Make sure the parking lamps or thelow‑beam headlamps are switched on.

X Switching on: Press switch:.The front fog lamps come on.

The indicator lamp in the switch comeson.

X Switching off: Press switch: oncemore.The front fog lamps go out.

The indicator lamp in the switch goesout.

Hazard warning flasher

The hazard warning flasher can be switchedon at all times, even with the key removedfrom the starter switch.

X Switching on: Press hazard warningflasher switch:.All turn signal lamps are flashing.

X Switching off: Press hazard warningflasher switch: once more.

Interior lighting

The interior lamp comes on for a period oftime when you open the doors, or lock orunlock the vehicle with the key.

It goes out

Rimmediately after switching off theignition with all doors closedRafter 30 seconds if the doors are notopened

Rafter 15 seconds if all doors are closedRafter 10 minutes if at least one door isopen

The rocker switch can be set to three dif-ferent positions.

: Interior lamp

; Off

= Switching on the automatic control

? Continuous operation

Automatic control

X Set the rocker switch to position=.The interior lamp comes on for a periodof time.

Switching off

X Set the rocker switch to position;.The interior lamp is permanentlyswitched off.

Continuous operation

X Set the rocker switch to position?.The interior lamp is permanentlyswitched on.

! When leaving the vehicle, make sure theinterior lamp is not set to continuousoperation and none of the doors is leftopen for a long period of time.

Doing otherwise could result in a dis-charged battery.

Lighting 69

>>Controls.

Z

Windshield wipers

Switching windshield wipers on and off

Example illustration coupé


X Switching on: Turn the wiper switch toposition2 or3, depending on theintensity of the rain.

! Do not operate the windshield wiperswhen the windshield is dry. Dust thataccumulates on a windshield mightscratch the glass and/or damage thewiper blades when wiping occurs on a drywindshield. If it is necessary to operatethe windshield wipers in dry weatherconditions, always operate the wind-shield wipers with windshield washerfluid.

! If anything blocks the windshield wip-ers (leaves, snow, etc.), switch them offimmediately.

For safety reasons, stop the vehicle in asafe location and

R- remove the key from the starterswitch

- engage the parking brake

before attempting to remove anyblockage.RRemove blockage.RTurn the windshield wipers on again.

X Switching off: Turn the wiper switch topositiong.

Intermittent wiping

Only switch on intermittent wiping underwet weather conditions or in the presenceof precipitation.

Vehicles with rain-light sensor*: When youselect intermittent wiping, the sensor isactivated. The sensor automatically sets asuitable wiping interval depending on thewetness of the sensor surface.

! Vehicles with rain-light sensor*:

Do not leave windshield wipers in inter-mittent setting when the vehicle is takento an automatic car wash or during wind-shield cleaning. Windshield wipers willoperate in the presence of water sprayedon the windshield, and windshield wip-ers may be damaged as a result.

! Vehicles with rain-light sensor*:

If you have set intermittent wiping, dirton the surface of the sensor or opticaleffects may cause the windshield wipersto wipe in an undesired fashion. Thiscould then damage the windshield wiperblades or scratch the windshield. Youshould therefore switch off the wind-shield wipers when weather conditionsare dry.


X Activating intermittent wiping: Turn thewiper switch to position1.

After the initial wipe, pauses betweenwipes are automatically controlleddepending on the vehicle speed and by therain-light sensor*.

X Deactivating intermittent wiping: Turnthe wiper switch to positiong.

70 Windshield wipers>>

Controls.

* optional

Wiping with windshield washer fluid

Example illustration coupé

X Pull the wiper switch in direction ofarrow: and hold it in position.The windshield wipers operate withwindshield washer fluid.

X Release the wiper switch.The windshield wipers will wipe threemore times.

i To prevent smears on the windshield, ornoisy/chattering wiper blades, wipewith windshield washer fluid periodi-cally even when it is raining.

Single wipe

X Pull the wiper switch briefly in direc-tion of arrow:.The windshield wipers wipe one timewith windshield washer fluid.

Rear window wiper/washer (coupé only)


X Activating intermittent wiping: Push thewiper switch to position1.

X Wiping with windshield washer fluid:Push the wiper switch in direction ofarrow; and hold in position until therear window is clean.

X Release the wiper switch.The rear window wiper will wipe threemore times.

Intermittent wiping is still activated.X Deactivating intermittent wiping: Pullthe wiper switch back to start position.

i The rear window wiper wipes one timewhen reverse gear R is engaged with thewindshield wipers switched on.

Soft top system (cabriolet only)

Introduction

The soft top system of the smart cabrioletconsists of aRretractable soft topRrear soft topRside rails

You can remove the side rails over the doorswhen you open the retractable soft top andopen the rear soft top.

i Opening the rear soft top is possibleafter the retractable soft top has beenopened completely.

Notes on the soft top system

! When transporting long objects insidethe vehicle, make sure they do not pressagainst the retractable soft top when itis closed.

When carrying objects that protrude fromthe rear of the vehicle, make sure theyare not resting on the retaining clips.

Soft top system (cabriolet only) 71

>>Controls.

Z

When loading, make sure no sharp objectscome into contact with the soft top or therear window.

Do not place any evenly distributed loadswith a weight of more than 165 lbs (75 kg)on the rear soft top when folded down.

Make sure the high-mounted brake lampis not concealed.

! Do not block the soft top system’s lock-ing apertures.

Only place the side rails in the desig-nated storage space of the tailgate.

! Do not sit on the folded-down rear softtop.

Do not fold down the rear soft top at tem-peratures below 14¦ (-10¥).

Do not place any pointed, sharp-edged,hot (above 176¦ [80¥]), incandescent orburning objects on the soft top’s lining.

Do not apply wax to the soft top fabric andselect only wax-free washing productswhen using an automatic car wash.

Only drive with the retaining clipsclosed, as exhaust fumes could otherwisereach the vehicle’s interior.

! Please keep in mind that weather con-ditions can sometimes change rapidly.Make sure to close the retractable softtop and the rear soft top when leaving thevehicle. If water enters the vehicleinterior, vehicle electronics could bedamaged which is not covered by thesmart Limited Warranty.

Opening and closing the retractablesoft top

You can open and close the retractable softtop when the vehicle is either stationaryor in motion.

G WARNING

Never operate the retractable soft top ifthere is the possibility of anyone being

harmed by the opening or closing proce-dure.

G WARNING

The retractable soft top is made out of fab-ric. In the event of an accident, the fabricmay tear. This may result in an opening inthe roof.

In a vehicle rollover, occupants not wear-ing their seat belts or not wearing themproperly may be thrown out of the opening.Such an opening also presents a potentialfor injury for occupants wearing their seatbelts properly as entire body parts or por-tions of them may protrude from thepassenger compartment.

G WARNING


! To avoid damaging the seals, do nottransport any objects with sharp edgeswhich can stick out of the retractablesoft top.

Do not open the retractable soft top ifthere is snow or ice on the roof, as thiscould result in malfunctions.

If you cannot open or close the retracta-ble soft top due to a malfunction contactRoadside Assistance or an authorizedsmart center.

i To avoid draining the battery, leave theengine running when opening and clos-ing the retractable soft top.

Opening from outside

You can open the retractable soft top com-pletely with the key.

72 Soft top system (cabriolet only)>>

Controls.


: * Lock button

; $ Opening the retractable soft top

= # Unlock button

X Press button$ on the key for approx-imately two seconds.The retractable soft top opens com-pletely.

Opening from the inside


X Press symbol; on the retractable softtop switch until the desired position isreached or the retractable soft top isopened completely.

orX Press symbol; on the retractable softtop switch briefly.The retractable soft top opens com-pletely.

i Pressing symbol: or; on theretractable soft top switch while open-

ing the retractable soft top will inter-rupt the opening procedure.

Closing

For safety reasons, you can only close theretractable soft top using the retractablesoft top switch inside the vehicle.


X Press symbol: on the retractable softtop switch until the retractable soft topis closed.

Opening and closing the rear soft top

You can open and close the rear soft topwhen the vehicle is either stationary or inmotion.

G WARNING

Never operate the rear soft top if there isthe possibility of anyone being harmed bythe opening or closing procedure.

! Make sure objects are not stacked toohigh in the cargo compartment. Theycould get damaged when opening or clos-ing the rear soft top.

! When the rear soft top is folded down,the side rails are accessible. To preventtheft, you should remove the side railsand store them in the storage compart-ment of the tailgate or close the soft topsystem.



>>Controls.

Z

Retractable soft top switch

: Closing

; Opening

Opening the rear soft top

X Press symbol; on the retractable softtop switch or button$ on the key untilthe retractable soft top has opened com-pletely.

X Release retractable soft top switch; orbutton$ on the key.

X Press symbol; on the retractable softtop switch once more until the rear softtop has folded down completely.

Closing the rear soft top

X Press symbol: on the retractable softtop switch until the rear soft top hasfolded up completely.

X Release retractable soft top switch:.

i If you release the retractable soft topswitch while driving before the rear softtop has closed completely, the rear softtop will fold down again.

Removing the side rails

X Open the retractable soft top(Y page 56).

X Open the rear soft top (Y page 73).

X Open the driver’s and passenger doorwhen conditions are safe to do so.

X Open the tailgate (Y page 56).

X Pull handle: on the inside of the tail-gate backward.

X Lift up the storage compartment cover.

X Push release lever= of side rail;backward.Side rail; can be lifted at the rear end,but remains secured.

X Push release lever= backward again.

74 Soft top system (cabriolet only)>>

Controls.

X Carry out the following steps when con-ditions are safe to do so.

X First lift the side rail at the rear end indirection of arrows?.

X Then remove it in direction ofarrowsA.

Storing the side rails

: Front right

; Rear right

= Rear left

? Front left

X Store the side rails in the storage com-partment of the tailgate with the paintedside facing down in the designatedorder: to?.

: Front right

; Rear right

= Rear left

? Front left

X Close the storage compartment cover.X Press on the “PRESS” marking in the mid-dle of the storage compartment coveruntil it engages audibly.

G WARNING

Always close the storage compartment coverproperly when storing the side rails. Oth-erwise occupants could be injured by theside rails moving about during

Rbraking

Rvehicle maneuvers

Ran accident

X Close the tailgate. Let the tailgate lockinto place.

X Close the driver’s and passenger door.X Open the side windows if desired.

! Make sure the storage compartmentcover is closed before closing the tail-gate. Otherwise the tailgate could jam.

Mounting the side rails

X Open the driver’s and passenger doorwhen conditions are safe to do so.

X Open the tailgate.

X Pull handle: on the inside of the tail-gate backward.

X Lift up the storage compartment cover.X Remove the side rails from the storagecompartment in the tailgate.


>>Controls.

Z

; Front right

= Rear right

? Rear left

A Front left

X Install the side rails with the respectivefront end; orA first.

G WARNING

Make sure the side rails are properlymounted. Otherwise the side rails coulddisengage while driving and injure you andother persons.

X Take one side rail and start by attachingit to front endD.

X Make sure the seal of the side rail isfacing up at positionB and is notpinched.

X Push the side rail at rear endC down-wards until it audibly engages into placetwice.

X Install the side rail on the other side inthe same manner.

! Make sure the side rails are installedcorrectly. Otherwise the side rails maynot function properly or may be damaged.

X Close the storage compartment cover.X Press on the “PRESS” marking in the mid-dle of the storage compartment coveruntil it engages audibly.

X Close the tailgate. Let the tailgate lockinto place.

X Close the driver’s and passenger door.X Open the side windows if desired.

! Make sure the storage compartmentcover is closed before closing the tail-gate. Otherwise the tailgate could jam.

Side windows

Opening and closing the side windows

Opening and closing the side windowsmanually

Crank for side window on passenger door

Side window on the driver’s doorX Opening: Turn crank: counterclock-wise.

X Closing: Turn crank: clockwise.

Side window on the passenger doorX Opening: Turn crank: clockwise.

X Closing: Turn crank: counterclock-wise.

76 Side windows>>

Controls.

Opening and closing the power windows

This feature is only available on the modelpassion and BRABUS.

G WARNING

Do not keep any part of your body up againstthe side window pane when opening a win-dow. The downward motion of the pane maypull that part of your body down between thewindow pane and the door frame and trap itthere. If there is a risk of entrapment,release the switch and pull up the top of theswitch to close the window.

G WARNING

When closing the windows, make sure thereis no danger of anyone being harmed by theclosing procedure.

The closing of the side windows can beimmediately stopped by releasing theswitch.


The switches for both power windows are onthe driver’s door. In addition, there is aswitch for the passenger side on thepassenger door.

: Side window driver’s door

; Side window passenger door


X Opening: Press and hold the top of therespective switch.The corresponding side window movesdownwards until you release the switch.

X Closing: Pull and hold the top of therespective switch.The corresponding side window movesupwards until you release the switch.

X Automatic opening: Press the top of therespective switch briefly.The corresponding side window openscompletely.

X Stopping during automatic opening:Press or pull the top of the respectiveswitch again.The corresponding side window stopsimmediately.

Driving and parking

Starting

G WARNING

Make sure absolutely no objects areobstructing the pedals’ range of motion.Keep the driver’s footwell clear of allobstacles. If there are any floormats* orcarpets in the footwell, make sure the ped-als still have sufficient clearance.

During sudden acceleration or brakingmaneuvers, the objects could get caughtbetween or beneath the pedals and restrictyour ability to brake or accelerate. Thiscould lead to accidents and/or injury.

G WARNING

Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous toyour health. All exhaust gas contains car-bon monoxide (CO), and inhaling it cancause unconsciousness and lead to death.

Do not run the engine in confined areas(such as a garage) which are not properlyventilated. If you think that exhaust gas

Driving and parking 77

>>Controls.

* optional Z

fumes are entering the vehicle while driv-ing, have the cause determined and cor-rected immediately. If you must driveunder these conditions, drive only with atleast one window fully open at all times.

Gearshift pattern for transmission

: Release button

j Park position

k Reverse gear

i Neutral position

h Drive position

p Manual gearshifting

q Upshifting

± Downshifting

Starting the engine

! Shift the transmission into park posi-tion P or reverse gear R only when thevehicle is stopped in order to avoid dam-aging the transmission.

X Make sure the gear selector lever is setto park position P.The transmission position indicatorshould be on PP.

X Do not depress the accelerator pedal.X Turn the key to starter switch position2 and release it.The engine starts automatically (“touch-start” function).

Driving

i The vehicle has a crawler function. Thevehicle moves forward when the brakepedal is released.

X Depress the brake pedal.X Press release button: (Y page 78) todisengage the gear selector lever lock.

X Move the gear selector lever to driveposition D.DD appears in the transmission positionindicator.

X Release the brake pedal.The vehicle moves forward.

X Depress the accelerator pedal smoothly.The vehicle accelerates.

G WARNING

On slippery road surfaces, never downshiftin order to obtain braking action. Thiscould result in drive wheel slip andreduced vehicle control. Your vehicle’s ABSwill not prevent this type of loss of control.

G WARNING

It is dangerous to shift the transmissionout of park position P or neutral positionN if the engine speed is higher than idlespeed. If your foot is not firmly on the brakepedal, the vehicle could accelerate quicklyforward or in reverse. You could losecontrol of the vehicle and hit someone orsomething. Only shift into gear when theengine is idling normally and when yourright foot is firmly on the brake pedal.

! Do not run a cold engine at high enginespeeds. Running a cold engine at highengine speeds may shorten the servicelife of the engine.

! Simultaneously depressing the accel-erator pedal and applying the brakesreduces engine performance and causespremature brake and drivetrain wear.

78 Driving and parking>>

Controls.

Reversing the vehicle

! Shift the transmission into reversegear R only when the vehicle is stoppedin order to avoid damaging the trans-mission.

You can drive in reverse gear at a speedof up to 9 mph (15 km/h).

i The vehicle has a crawler function.Thevehicle moves forward when thebrakepedal is released.

X Depress the brake pedal.X Press the release button (Y page 78) todisengage the gear selector lever lock.

X Move the gear selector lever to reversegear R.RR appears in the transmission positionindicator.

X Release the brake pedal.The vehicle moves forward.

X Depress the accelerator pedal smoothly.The vehicle accelerates.

Parking

G WARNING

Do not park this vehicle in areas wherecombustible materials such as grass, hay orleaves can come into contact with the hotexhaust system. These materials could beignited and cause a vehicle fire.

Vehicle movement can cause serious per-sonal injury or damage to the vehicle or thevehicle drivetrain. Therefore, always dothe following before turning off the engineand leaving the vehicle:

RKeep right foot on the brake pedal.

REngage the parking brake.

RMove the gear selector lever to parkposition P.RSlowly release the brake pedal.

RWhen parked on an incline, always turnthe front wheels towards the curb.

RTurn the key to starter switch position 0and remove the key from the starterswitch.

RTake the key with you and lock the vehiclewhen leaving.

G WARNING

With the engine not running, there is nopower assistance for the brake and steer-ing* systems. In this case, it is importantto keep in mind that a considerably higherdegree of effort is necessary to brake andsteer the vehicle. Adapt your drivingaccordingly.

X Properly stop and park the vehicle.X Depress the brake pedal.X Engage the parking brake (Y page 79).When the ignition is switched on or theengine is running, the brake warninglamp$ (USA only) orJ (Canadaonly) in the instrument cluster comes on.

X Release the brake pedal.

Parking brake

The parking brake serves to secure thevehicle against rolling away when it isstationary or parked.

G WARNING

Engaging the parking brake while the vehi-cle is in motion can cause the rear wheelsto lock up. You could lose control of thevehicle and cause an accident. In addition,the vehicle’s brake lights do not light upwhen the parking brake is engaged.

Driving and parking 79

>>Controls.

* optional Z

X Releasing: Depress the brake pedal.X Pull up slightly on parking brakelever; and press release button:.

X Push parking brake lever; down as faras it will go.When the ignition is switched on or theengine is running, the brake warninglamp$ (USA only) orJ (Canadaonly) in the instrument cluster goes out.

X Engaging: Pull up parking brakelever; firmly.When the ignition is switched on or theengine is running, the brake warninglamp$ (USA only) orJ (Canadaonly) in the instrument cluster comes on.

G WARNING

Getting out of your vehicle with the trans-mission not fully engaged in park positionP is dangerous. When the engine is shut offand the brakes are released, the vehicle canbemoved freely with the gear selector leverin all positions except park position P.Also, when parked on an incline, park posi-tion P alone may not prevent your vehiclefrom moving, possibly hitting people orobjects.

Always engage the parking brake in addi-tion to shifting to park position P.

When parked on an incline, always turn thefront wheels towards the curb.

G WARNING

When leaving the vehicle, always remove thekey from the starter switch, take it with

you, and lock the vehicle. Do not leave chil-dren unattended in the vehicle, or withaccess to an unlocked vehicle. Childrencould release the parking brake and/ormove the gear selector lever from parkposition P, either of which could result inan accident and/or serious personalinjury.

Brake pedal

The brake pedal has two brake circuitsindependent of each other. A brake servo isused during braking (when the engine isrunning) to increase pedal force.

G WARNING



G WARNING

Considerably more effort will be requiredto apply the brakes if

Rthe brake servo has failed

Ra brake circuit has failed

Rthe engine is switched off, e.g. for tow-ing the vehicle

The braking distance is likewise greater.

Make sure the engine is running wheneverthe vehicle is rolling. Have the brake sys-tem repaired at an authorized smart center,if there is a fault in the brake system.

80 Driving and parking>>

Controls.

* optional

If a brake circuit has failed (Y page 164),you must depress brake pedal: furtherdown to achieve the same effect and thebraking distance is increased.

i The brake servo will only function withthe engine switched on.

G WARNING

In the event of the vehicle needing to betowed, a significantly greater amount ofpedal pressure will be required when theengine is switched off.

Turning off the engine

G WARNING

Do not turn off the engine before the vehi-cle has come to a complete stop. With theengine not running, there is no powerassistance for the brake and steering* sys-tems. In this case, it is important to keepin mind that a considerably higher degreeof effort is necessary to brake and steer thevehicle.

X Depress the brake pedal.X Press the release button (Y page 78) todisengage the gear selector lever lock.

X Move the gear selector lever to parkposition P.The transmission position indicatorshould be on PP! Always engage the parking brake inaddition to shifting to park position P.

X Release the brake pedal.X Turn the key to starter switch position0.

X Remove the key from the starter switch.The electronic immobilizer is acti-vated.

Transmission

Introduction

Your vehicle is equipped with a 5‑speedautomated transmission with manual orautomatic mode. For information on driv-ing with the transmission see also “Start-ing” (Y page 77).

G WARNING



Gear selector lever

Gearshift pattern for transmission

: Release button

Transmission 81

>>Controls.

* optional Z

j Park position

k Reverse gear

i Neutral position

h Drive position

p Manual gearshifting

q Upshifting

± Downshifting

The current gear selector lever positionappears in the transmission positionindicator. When manual gearshifting M isselected, the currently selected gearappears (Y page 87).

G WARNING

It is dangerous to shift the transmissionout of park position P or neutral positionN if the engine speed is higher than idlespeed. If your foot is not firmly on the brakepedal, the vehicle could accelerate quicklyforward or in reverse. You could losecontrol of the vehicle and hit someone orsomething. Only shift into gear when theengine is idling normally and when yourright foot is firmly on the brake pedal.

Shifting procedure

The transmission selects individual gearsautomatically, depending on:Rthe gear selector lever position D(Y page 83)Rthe position of the accelerator pedal(Y page 83)Rthe vehicle speedRuphill or downhill grades

Press release button: (Y page 81) to dis-engage the gear selector lever lock whenmoving the gear selector lever from

RP to R, N, or DRR to PRN to R or P

! Allow the engine to warm up under lowload use. Do not place full load on theengine until the operating temperaturehas been reached.

Shift into reverse gear R or parkingposition P only when the vehicle is stop-ped.

Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for anextended period when driving off onslippery road surfaces. Otherwise, thedrivetrain could be damaged, which isnot covered by the smart Limited War-ranty.

With manual gearshifting M selected(Y page 84), you can use the gear selectorlever or steering wheel gearshift controlto change the gears manually.

82 Transmission>>

Controls.

Gear selector lever positions

Effect

B Park position

Gear selector lever positionwhen the vehicle is parked.Place the gear selector leverin park position P only whenthe vehicle is stopped. Thepark position is not intendedto serve as a brake when thevehicle is parked.

Rather, the driver shouldalways engage the parkingbrake in addition to placingthe gear selector lever in parkposition P to secure the vehi-cle.

The key can only be removedfrom the starter switch withthe gear selector lever in parkposition P. With the keyremoved, the gear selectorlever is locked in park posi-tion P.

C Reverse gear

Shift into reverse gear R onlywhen vehicle is stopped.

A Neutral position

No power is transmitted fromthe engine to the drive axle.When the brakes are released,the vehicle can be movedfreely (pushed or towed).

7 Drive position

The transmission shifts auto-matically.

x Manual gearshifting

System-controlled automaticgearshifting is switched off.The driver has to change thegears manually.

The current gear selector lever positionappears in the transmission positionindicator (Y page 87).

Driving tips

Accelerator pedal position

Your driving style influences the trans-mission’s shifting behavior:

Less throttle earlier upshifting

More throttle later upshifting

Kickdown

Use kickdown when you want maximumacceleration.

X Press the accelerator pedal past thepoint of resistance.Depending on the engine speed the trans-mission shifts into a lower gear.

X Ease up on the accelerator pedal when youhave reached the desired speed.The transmission shifts up again.

Stopping

When you stop briefly, e.g. at trafficlights:

X Leave the transmission in gear.X Hold the vehicle with the brake.

When you stop for a longer period with theengine idling and/or on a hill:

X Engage the parking brake.X Move the gear selector lever to parkposition P.

Working on the vehicle

G WARNING

When working on the vehicle, engage theparking brake and move the gear selectorlever to park position P. Otherwise thevehicle could roll away which could result

Transmission 83

>>Controls.

Z

in an accident and/or serious personalinjury.

Driving on uphill grades

G WARNING

The hill-start assist system is notdesigned to function as a parking brake anddoes not prevent the vehicle from movingwhen parked on an incline.

Always engage the parking brake in addi-tion to shifting to park position P.

! When the hill‑start assist system stopsbraking the vehicle, it can roll back-wards.

If you open the driver’s door, thehill‑start assist system is deactivatedand a warning signal sounds.

Your vehicle has a hill‑start assist system.

On uphill grades the hill‑start assist sys-tem maintains the pressure in the brakesystem for approximately one second afteryou have released the brake pedal. There-fore, you can start off smoothly without thevehicle moving immediately after releas-ing the brake pedal.

X Release the brake pedal.X Apply sufficient pressure to the accel-erator pedal to drive off.

On uphill grades with higher inclination,the hill-start assist system will releasethe pressure in the brake system afterapproximately two seconds. A warning sig-nal sounds and the transmission positionindicator shows a flashing NN in order towarn you of the vehicle rolling backwards.

X Press the brake pedal.X Release the brake pedal.X Apply sufficient pressure to the accel-erator pedal to drive off.

i The hill‑start assist system is inactiveif you start off with the parking brakeengaged.

Manual gearshifting

With manual gearshifting M selected, sys-tem-controlled automatic gearshifting isswitched off and you need to change thegears by upshifting or downshifting man-ually using the gear selector lever or thesteering wheel gearshift control10.

! Allow the engine to warm up under lowload use. Do not place full load on theengine until the operating temperaturehas been reached.

Shift into reverse gear R or parkingposition P only when the vehicle is stop-ped.

Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for anextended period when driving off onslippery road surfaces. Otherwise, thedrivetrain could be damaged, which isnot covered by the smart Limited War-ranty.


84 Transmission>>

Controls.

Activating manual gearshifting

X Move the gear selector lever to driveposition D (Y page 81).

X Pull one of the shift paddles (Y page 84)towards you.

orX Move the gear selector lever to manualgearshifting M (Y page 81).System-controlled automatic gearshift-ing is switched off.

You can upshift or downshift through thegears in succession.

The currently engaged gear appears in themultifunction display (Y page 84).

Upshifting

X Briefly push the gear selector leverforward in the + direction (Y page 81).

orX Pull right shift paddle; (Y page 84)towards you.The transmission shifts to the nexthigher gear.

i With manual gearshifting M selected,the transmission shifts up only to pre-vent engine overrevving.

Downshifting

G WARNING


X Briefly pull the gear selector leverbackward in the - direction (Y page 81).

orX Pull left shift paddle: (Y page 84)towards you.The transmission shifts to the next lowergear.

Kickdown

You can use kickdown when you want maxi-mum acceleration.

X Press the accelerator pedal past thepoint of resistance.Depending on the engine speed the trans-mission shifts into a lower gear.

X When you have reached the desired speed,briefly push the gear selector leverforward in the + direction (Y page 81).

orX Pull right shift paddle; (Y page 84)towards you.The transmission shifts to the nexthigher gear.

Deactivating manual gearshifting

X With drive position D selected: Pull andhold right shift paddle; (Y page 84)towards you for longer than two seconds.

orX With manual gearshifting M selected:Move the gear selector lever to driveposition D (Y page 81).System-controlled automatic gearshift-ing is switched on again.

Emergency operation (limp-homemode)

In this mode only a certain gear or a cer-tain gear combination can be selected.This mode is triggered in case of trans-mission malfunctions and enables youdriving to the nearest workshop such as asmart center.

If vehicle acceleration becomes lessresponsive or sluggish or the transmissionno longer shifts, the transmission is mostlikely operating in limp-home (emergencyoperation) mode. The transmission posi-tion indicator flashes and the¬ symbolappears in the multifunction display.

Transmission 85

>>Controls.

Z

Driving in limp-home mode:

X Move the gear selector lever to driveposition D (Y page 81).

X Continue to drive.X Have the transmission checked at anauthorized smart center as soon as pos-sible.

i It is possible that a gear combinationincluding the reverse gear can not beselected. Keep in mind when parking,that reversing the vehicle might beimpossible.

In case of a minor transmission malfunc-tion, it might be possible to teach-in thetransmission in order to restore the nor-mal transmission mode.

i If the attempt to teach-in the trans-mission fails, you cannot continue todrive. Therefore we strongly recommendthat you have the transmission taught-inat a qualified workshop or at an author-ized smart center.

Teaching-in the transmission system:

X Stop the vehicle in a safe location.X Move the gear selector lever to parkposition P.

X Turn off the engine.X Wait at least 30 seconds before restart-ing.

X Press the brake pedal.X Restart the engineThree bars instead of PP appear in themultifunction display.

X Wait at least 30 seconds.The transmission is taught in.

When teaching-in was successful: PPappears in themultifunction display againand normal transmission operating isrestored.

X Continue to drive.

After an unsuccessful teaching-in: Threebars instead of PP appear in the multifunc-tion display.

X Do not continue to drive.X Turn off the engine.X Engage the parking brake when leavingthe vehicle.

X Contact Roadside Assistance or anauthorized smart center.

Instrument cluster

Multifunction display

The following displays and indicatorsappear in the multifunction display:

Multifunction display (U.S. vehicles)

: Maintenance service symbol (statusindicator)

; Main odometer display and days or dis-tance to next maintenance service

= Transmission position indicator

? Digital clock

A Outside temperature display

B Fuel level display

C Status indicator with:

• Trip odometer display

• Reserve fuel indicator

86 Instrument cluster>>

Controls.

Multifunction display (Canada vehicles)

: Maintenance service symbol (statusindicator)

; Main odometer display and days or dis-tance to next maintenance service

= Transmission position indicator

? Digital clock

A Outside temperature display

B Freeze warning

C Fuel level display

D Status indicator with:

• Trip odometer display

• Reserve fuel indicator

G WARNING

No messages will be displayed if either theinstrument cluster or the multifunctiondisplay is inoperative.

As a result, you will not be able to seeinformation about your driving condi-tions, such as speed, outside temperature,or warning/indicator lamps. Driving char-acteristics may be impaired.

If you must continue to drive, please do sowith added caution. Visit an authorizedsmart center as soon as possible.

Multifunction display illumination

The multifunction display illuminationcomes onwhen the starter switch is in posi-tion 1. It goes out after approximately30 seconds when the starter switch is inposition 0.

For adjusting the multifunction displayillumination, see “Adjusting instrumentcluster illumination” (Y page 92).

Main odometer display

Example illustration (U.S. vehicles)

i Canada vehicles: The main odometerdisplay shows kmkm instead of milesmiles.

The main odometer display appears in themultifunction display continuously.

Exception: The next maintenance serviceis due. After starting the engine, days ordistance to next maintenance service willappear instead of the main odometer dis-play. The main odometer display will reap-pear after approximately ten seconds.

For information on how to select the main-tenance service interval display, see“Maintenance service interval display”(Y page 90).

Transmission position indicator

The following information is displayed inthe transmission position indicator:

RCurrent gear selector lever positionRCurrent engaged gear (whenmanual gear-shifting selected)

i A flashing RR in the display indicatesthat the gear selector lever is in posi-tion R but the reverse gear is notengaged. Stop the vehicle to let thereverse gear engage.

Instrument cluster 87

>>Controls.

Z


Display Function

PP Gear selector lever in parkposition P

RR Gear selector lever in posi-tion R (Reverse gear engaged)

NN Gear selector lever in neutralposition N

DD Gear selector lever in driveposition D

When manual gearshifting is selected:

Display Function

11 First gear engaged

22 Second gear engaged

33 Third gear engaged

44 Fourth gear engaged

55 Fifth gear engaged

Digital clock


i Canada vehicles: The digital clockshows a 24 h-clock instead of a12 h-clock.

The time can only be set as long as the colonin the digital clock flashes.

X Activating time setting: Press and holdright button; until the colon in thedigital clock starts flashing.

X Setting the time in 1 minute incre-ments: Press left button: or right but-ton; repeatedly until the desired timeis set.

X Setting the time quickly: Press left but-ton: or right button; for longer thanone second.The setting speed increases.

X Setting the time in 10 minute incre-ments: Press left button: or right but-ton; for longer than five seconds.The time is set in 10 minute increments.


Controls.

X Confirm time setting: Refrain frompressing either left button: or rightbutton; until the colon in the digitalclock stops flashing.The time is set.

i The digital clock in the multifunctiondisplay is not synchronized with thecockpit clock* (Y page 91).

Outside temperature display

G WARNING

The outside temperature display is notdesigned as an ice-warning device and istherefore unsuitable for that purpose.

Indicated temperatures just above thefreezing point do not guarantee that theroad surface is free of ice. The road maystill be icy, especially in wooded areas oron bridges. Your vehicle could start to skidif you do not adjust your driving styleaccordingly.

Therefore, always adjust your driving styleto the prevailing road and weather condi-tions.


i Canada vehicles: The outside tempera-ture display shows °C°C instead of °F°F.

The outside temperature display appearsin the multifunction display continuously.

A change of the outside temperature will bedisplayed with delay.

Freeze warning (Canada vehicles only)

When the outside temperature falls below3¥, the multifunction display makes youaware of the fact that the road may be icy.An additional freeze warning, i.e. an icecrystal symbol, in the multifunction dis-play flashes. After 60 seconds, the freezewarning stops flashing but continues to bedisplayed. When the outside temperaturerises above 3¥, the freeze warning goesout.

Fuel level display


The fuel level display shows the tank’s fuellevel with the aid of eight segments. Thenumber of dark segments indicates the fuellevel in the tank. If all eight segments aredark, the tank is full.

You are driving on reserve fuel if there areno more than 1.0 US gal (3.78 l) of fuel in thetank.


>>Controls.

* optional Z

If this occurs,

Rthe fuel pump symbol in the fuel leveldisplay flashesRthe reserve fuel indicator shows the fuellevel in the tank in 0.1 US gal (0.5 l)increments

For selecting the reserve fuel indicator tobe displayed in the status indicator, see“Reserve fuel indicator” (Y page 91).

Selecting display for status indicator

You can select the information to be dis-played in the status indicator:

RTrip odometer display (Y page 90)RMaintenance service interval display(Y page 90)RReserve fuel indicator (Y page 91)(when less than 1.0 US gal (3.78 l) of fuelis in the tank)

: Selecting display for status indicator,setting the clock, activating mainte-nance service interval display

; Setting the clock, adjusting instrumentcluster illumination

Trip odometer display


X Selecting trip odometer display: Pressleft button: (Y page 90) repeatedlyuntil the trip odometer display appearsin the status indicator.

X Resetting trip odometer display: Pressand hold left button: (Y page 90) untilthe value is set to 00.

Maintenance service interval display


i Canada vehicles: The maintenanceservice interval display shows kmkminstead of milesmiles.

The maintenance service interval displaywill notify you approximately one monthbefore the next maintenance service isdue.

The following information will be dis-played after starting the engine:

RDays or distance to next maintenanceservice


Controls.

This information will be displayedinstead of the main odometer display.The main odometer display will reappearafter approximately ten seconds(Y page 87).RType of service that is due

This information will be displayed inthe status indicator.

X Start the engine.

X Selecting maintenance service intervaldisplay: Press button: on the instru-ment cluster repeatedly until the main-tenance service interval displayappears in the status indicator.Depending on the type of maintenanceservice that is due, symbol¬ or} isdisplayed.

X Clearing maintenance service intervaldisplay: Press button: once.The maintenance service interval dis-play is cleared.

X Activating maintenance service inter-val display: Press button: twice inquick succession.

Reserve fuel indicator


The reserve fuel indicator is only dis-played when driving on reserve fuel.

X Selecting reserve fuel indicator: Pressbutton: on the instrument clusterrepeatedly until the reserve fuel indi-cator appears in the status indicator.

Auxiliary instruments*

: Tachometer

; Cockpit clock

Tachometer*

The tachometer displays the engine speedin units of 1000 rpm.

The tachometer can be turned by approx-imately 90°.

The tachometer illumination comes on whenyou switch on the ignition and the exteriorlighting.


>>Controls.

* optional Z

! Do not hang any objects on the tachom-eter.

This could cause the tachometer to betorn from its mountings and damage it.

Cockpit clock*

The cockpit clock can be turned by approx-imately 90°.

The cockpit clock illumination comes onwhen you switch on the ignition and theexterior lighting.

The buttons for setting the time are on thetop of the cockpit clock.

X Setting the time back in 1 minute incre-ments: Press button: repeatedly untilthe desired time is set.

X Setting the time back quickly: Press but-ton: for longer than two seconds.The setting speed accelerates.

X Setting the time forward in 1 minuteincrements: Press button; repeatedlyuntil the desired time is set.

X Setting the time forward quickly: Pressbutton; for longer than two seconds.The setting speed accelerates.

! Do not hang any objects on the cockpitclock.

This could cause the cockpit clock to betorn from its mounting and damage it.

Adjusting instrument cluster illumi-nation

You can adjust the illumination of theswitches, the dials in the instrument clus-ter, the radio*, the climate control* paneland the auxiliary instruments*. Five illu-mination levels are available.


X Switch on the parking lamps.X To brighten or dim illumination: Pressbutton: on the instrument clusterrepeatedly until the desired setting isreached.The current setting is stored.

Control system*

Introduction

The control system is activated when youturn the key in the starter switch to posi-tion 1.

G WARNING

A driver’s attention to the road and trafficconditions must always be his/her primaryfocus when driving.

In order to avoid distraction which couldlead to an accident, the driver shouldselect features and change settings in thecontrol system only vehicle at a standstillor when traffic and road conditions permitit to be done safely.

92 Control system*>>

Controls.

* optional

Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h ), your vehicle iscovering a distance of 44 feet (approx-imately 14 m) every second.

Control lever

You can select the displays in the multi-function display and change settings in thecontrol system with the control lever.

Control lever (example illustration coupé)

: Control switch

Pressing up selects a menu.

; OK button

Confirming a selection.

Scrolling through stored messagesin the MessagesMessages menu

= Control switch

Pressing down selects a menu.

Multifunction display

Themultifunction display shows values andsettings as well as display messages.

X Activating the multifunction display:Unlock the vehicle.

X Confirming messages: Press the OK but-ton on the control lever briefly(Y page 93).

X Exitingmenu: Press the control switch onthe control lever up or down until the

message BackBack appears in the multifunc-tion display.

X Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly.

Control system* 93

>>Controls.

* optional Z

Menus and submenus

Function

: OdometerOdometer menu (Y page 94)

; ConsumptionConsumption menu (Y page 95)

= YSTARTSTART menu (trip statistics since start) (Y page 95)

? YRESETRESET menu (trip statistics since last reset) (Y page 95)

A MessagesMessages menu (Y page 96)

B SettingsSettings menu (Y page 96)

C TimeTime menu (Y page 97)

Odometer menu

The OdometerOdometer menu shows you either themain odometer and the trip odometer or thetrip odometer with the amount of fuel leftthe fuel tank.

: Main odometer

; Trip odometer

= Remaining fuel

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until the


Controls.

* optional

OdometerOdometer menu appears in the multi-function display.

X To switch between submenus: Press the OKbutton on the control lever briefly.

X To reset the trip odometer: Select thetrip odometer display.

X Press buttonB on the instrument clusteruntil the trip odometer is reset to 0(Y page 21).

Consumption menu

The ConsumptionConsumption menu shows you the cur-rent fuel consumption.

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until theConsumptionConsumption menu appears in the multi-function display.The current current fuel consumptionappears.

i Depending on the selected unit in thesettings menu (Y page 96), the consump-tion is displayed in in miles per gal-lon (mpg) or in liters per 100 kilome-ters (l/100 km).

Canada only: When the vehicle is stand-ing, the fuel consumption is displayed ingallons per hour (gal/h) or liters perhour (l/h).

Start menu

The YSTARTSTART menu shows you the trip statis-tics since start.

: Average speed since start

; Time elapsed since start

= Distance driven since start

? Average fuel consumption since start

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until theYSTARTSTART menu appears in the multifunc-tion display.

X To reset: Press buttonB on the instru-ment cluster until the YSTARTSTART menu isreset to 0 (Y page 21).

i The YSTARTSTART menu is reset to 0 automat-icallyRwhen the ignition has been switchedoff for more than 4 hoursRafter driving more than 9999 miles orkilometers

Reset menu

The YRESETRESET menu menu shows you the tripstatistics since the last reset.

: Average speed since last reset

; Time elapsed since since last reset

= Distance driven since last reset

? Average fuel consumption since sincelast reset

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until the

Control system* 95

>>Controls.

* optional Z

YRESETRESET menu appears in the multifunc-tion display.

X To reset: Press buttonB on the instru-ment cluster until the YRESETRESET menu isreset to 0 (Y page 21).

Messages menu

The MessagesMessages menu stores messages thatyou can call up.

i When no messages have been stored, theMessagesMessages menu is not displayed.

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until theMessagesMessages menu appears in the multi-function display.The number of stored messages is: dis-played

X Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly.The first stored message appears.

X To scroll through messages: Press the OKbutton on the control lever briefly.

For more information on display messages,see (Y page 158).

Maintenance service interval display

The maintenance service interval displaywill notify you when the next maintenanceservice is due andwhat type ofmaintenanceservice is required.

Example:

R¯ Care Service in XXX miCare Service in XXX miR° Main Service in XXX miMain Service in XXX miR° Main Service in XX DaysMain Service in XX Days

X To confirm: Press the OK button on thecontrol lever briefly.The mesage is stored.

When the due date for the maintenanceservice has been has been passed, the num-ber of miles (kilometers) or days since arepreceeded by a minus sign.

! Failure to have the maintenanceservice performed at the designatedtimes/mileage, may result in vehicledamage that is not covered by the smartLimited Warranty.

Settings menu

In the SettingsSettings menu, you can select indi-vidual settings for your vehicle.

The following functions are available:

RSetting the languageRSetting the temperature unitRSetting the distance and speed unit

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until theSettingsSettings menu appears in the multi-function display.


Setting the language

The following languages are available:

RGermanRUS EnglishRUK EnglishRFrenchRItalianRSpanish


Controls.

* optional

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until theLanguageLanguage submenu appears in the multi-function display.


X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until thedesired language is selected.

X Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly to confirm.The selected language is stored.

Setting the temperature unit

The following units are available:

R†R‡X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until the°F/°C°F/°C submenu appears in themultifunc-tion display.


X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until thedesired unit is selected.

X Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly to confirm.The selected unit is stored.

Setting the distance and speed unit

The following units are available:

RMiles (mi)RKilometers (km)

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until the mi–mi–kmkm submenu appears in the multifunctiondisplay.


X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until thedesired unit is selected.

X Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly to confirm.The selected unit is stored.

i Canada only: The unit for the cruisecontrol (Y page 100) does not change,regardless of which unit is set in thismenu.

Time menu

The TimeTime menu lets you set the time andoffers different display modes.

The following submenus are available:

RSetting time display mode (12-hour or24-hour mode)RSetting period of day, am or pm11

RSetting the hoursRSetting the minutes

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until theTimeTime menu appears in the multifunctiondisplay.


Setting the time display mode

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until the12h 24h12h 24h submenu appears in the multi-function display.


X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until thedesired setting is selected.

X Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly to confirm.The selected mode is stored.

11 Only available in 12-hour mode.

Control system* 97

>>Controls.

* optional Z

Setting the period of day

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until theamam pmpm submenu appears in the multifunc-tion display.



X Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly to confirm.The selected mode is stored.

Setting the hours

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until theHourHour submenu appears in the multifunc-tion display.



X Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly to confirm.The selected hours are stored.

Setting the minutes

X Press the control switch on the controllever (Y page 93) up or down until theMinuteMinute submenu appears in the multi-function display.



X Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly to confirm.The selected minutes are stored.

Audio system*

G WARNING

In order to avoid distraction which couldlead to an accident, the driver should entersystem settings with the vehicle at a stand-still and operate the system only when roadand traffic conditions permit. Always payfull attention to traffic conditions firstbefore operating system controls whiledriving.

Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), your vehicle iscovering a distance of 44 feet (approx-imately 14 m) every second.

G WARNING

Always select a volume that allows you tostill hear ambient sound in your immediatevicinity (e.g. horns, emergency rescuevehicles, police vehicles, etc.). You couldotherwise cause an accident.

G WARNING

If you wish to have an audio system otherthan an original smart audio system fittedin your vehicle, please always have the nec-essary work performed at an authorizedsmart center.

This is particularly important if yourvehicle is fitted with a radio preinstalla-tion. Improper connection can result in thefailure of important vehicle functions,thereby endangering the operating safetyof your vehicle and thus your own safety andthat of other people.

The following pages contain a briefdescription of the audio systems availablefor the coupé and cabriolet.

The devices are described with their fullcomplement of equipment. The descriptionfor your individual equipment specifica-tion applies.

Please refer to the separate operatinginstructions for detailed functions.

98 Audio system*>>

Controls.

* optional

Audio system basic*

The audio system basic contains the fol-lowing functions:

RRadio (FM/AM)RRadio Broadcast Data System (RBDS) andradio textRAUX and USB socket (Y page 99)

! Please be sure to read the operatinginstructions for the audio system basicbefore using the unit. Familiarize your-self with the various functions of theunit so that you are able to operate iteasily, reliably and correctly at anytime.

: On/off and volume switch

; Display

= Skip/Scroll/Frequency search switches

? Tone settings/Mute/Back control panel

A Stored station buttons

B Radio/Media/System control panel

Audio system navigation/multimedia*

The audio system navigation/multimediacontains the following functions:

RRadio (FM/AM)RRadio Broadcast Data System (RBDS)RAUX and USB-socketRBluetooth® hands-free deviceRNavigationRAudio operation from CD/DVD or SD Card,via AUX/USB/iPod®, or Bluetooth® Audio

RVideo operation from CD/DVD or SD Card,via AUX/USB/iPod®

RImage display from CD/DVD or SD Card,via USB/iPod®

! Please be sure to read the operatinginstructions for the audio system navi-gation/multimedia before using theunit. Familiarize yourself with the var-ious functions of the unit so that you areable to operate it easily, reliably andcorrectly at any time.

: Bluetooth® connection indicator lamp; Display

= Microphone

? Light sensor

A Eject button

B Rotary/Push button

C Menu button

AUX and USB sockets*

You can connect mobile audio devices suchas an MP3 player via the AUX and USB sock-ets using commercially available 3.5 mmsocket plug (AUX) or USB connector cable(USB).

The AUX and USB sockets are located in theglove box.

Audio system* 99

>>Controls.

* optional Z

: USB socket

; AUX socket

smart surround sound system*

The smart surround sound system supple-ments the existing speakers with morepowerful and additional speakers (includ-ing a digital amplifier in the passengerfootwell and a passive subwoofer).

Driving systems

Cruise control*

The cruise control maintains the speed youset for your vehicle automatically. Ondownhill grades, the cruise control doesnot brake the vehicle via the brake system.The cruise control can only use the brakingpower of the engine. You must apply thebrakes yourself in order to reduce thevehicle speed. The cruise control will thenbe canceled.

G WARNING

The cruise control is a convenience systemdesigned to assist the driver during vehi-cle operation. The cruise control cannottake road, traffic, and weather conditionsinto account. The driver is and must alwaysremain responsible for the vehicle’s speedand for safe brake operation.

Do not use the cruise control

Rif the road, traffic, and weather condi-tions do not make it advisable to travelat a constant speed

Ron slippery roads

Rapid changes in tire traction can resultin wheel spin and loss of control.

Rwhen driving in fog

The use of the cruise control is recom-mended for driving at a constant speed forextended periods of time.

With the cruise control is activated and aspeed set, the following message appearsin the multifunction display:

U.S. vehicles

: Cruise control activated

; Speed has been set

Canada vehicles

: Cruise control activated

; Set speed

The cruise control is operated via buttonson the steering wheel.

100 Driving systems>>

Controls.

* optional

: Activating or deactivating the cruisecontrol

; Resuming at last set speed or increas-ing speed

= Setting current or lower speed, ordecreasing speed

? Canceling the cruise control

Activating/deactivating

The cruise controlmust be activated beforeyou can set a speed. When you turn off theengine, the cruise control is deactivatedautomatically.

X Press ON/OFF button: briefly.The cruise control is activated.

CRUISECRUISE (USA only) orV (Canada only)appears in the multifunction display.

Setting current speed

You can set any speed above 20 mph(30 km/h).

X Accelerate the vehicle to the desiredspeed.

X With the cruise control activated, pressSET/− button= briefly.

X Remove your foot from the acceleratorpedal.The current speed is set and the vehiclemaintains that speed.

USA only: setset appears in the multifunc-tion display to indicate that the speedhas been set.

Canada only: The set speed appears in themultifunction display next to cruisecontrol symbolV.

i On uphill grades, the cruise controlmay not be able tomaintain the set speed.Once the grade eases, the set speed willbe resumed.

On downhill grades, the cruise controlcan only maintain the set speed using theengine’s braking power. You must applythe brakes yourself when the vehicle doesnot slow down sufficiently. This willcancel the cruise control.

Canceling cruise control

When the cruise control is activated, youcan cancel it at any time and resume the setspeed later.

X Press CANCEL button? briefly.

orX Depress the brake pedal.The cruise control is canceled.

The cruise control deactivates automati-cally, when

Ryou engage the parking brakeRthe vehicle speed is below 20 mphh(30 km/h)RESP® is in operation.

Resuming last set speed

G WARNING

The “Resume” function should only be oper-ated if the driver is fully aware of the pre-viously set speed and wishes to resume thisparticular preset speed.

The set speed stored in memory should onlybe set again if prevailing road conditionsand legal speed limits permit. Possibleacceleration or deceleration differencesarising from returning to the preset speedcould cause an accident and/or seriousinjury to you and others.

Driving systems 101

>>Controls.

Z

X Press RES/+ button; briefly.The cruise control resumes the previ-ously set speed.

i The last set speed stored in memory isdeleted when the engine is turned off.

Changing the set speed

You must have set a speed prior to increas-ing or decreasing the current speed.

i Depressing the accelerator pedal doesnot deactivate the cruise control. Aftera brief acceleration (e.g. for passing),the cruise control will resume the lastset speed.

Continuous adjustmentX Press and hold RES/+ button; toincrease the speed.

orX Press and hold SET/−= to decrease thespeed.

X Press and hold the respective buttonuntil the desired speed is reached.

X Release the respective button.The new speed is stored.

Adjustment in 1 mph (Canada 1 km/h) incre-mentsX Press RES/+ button;briefly to increasethe speed.

orX Press SET/−= briefly to decrease thespeed.

The new speed is stored after releasing therespective button.

HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air Con-ditioning)

Notes on HVAC

G WARNING

Follow the recommended settings for heat-ing and cooling given on the following

pages. Otherwise the windows could fog up,impairing visibility and endangering youand others.

Air conditioning with climate control*

The air conditioning improves the level ofcomfort when driving at high outside tem-peratures by cooling and dehumidifyingthe air.

Nearly all dust particles, pollutants, arefiltered out by an integrated particle fil-ter before outside air enters the passengercompartment through the air distributionsystem. It also operates when the air con-ditioning is switched off and you haveswitched on the blower.

The air conditioning only works when theengine is running and the blower isswitched on. Maximum effectiveness isachieved if you drive with the windowsclosed.

i In warmer weather, ventilate thepassenger compartment for a shortperiod of time before utilizing the airconditioning.

102 HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning)>>

Controls.

* optional

Control panels HVAC

Heating

: Air volume control

; Rear window defroster switch

= Air distribution control

? Temperature control


: Air volume control

; Air conditioning switch

= Rear window defroster switch

? Air recirculation switch

A Temperature control

B Air distribution control

Switching HVAC on/off

Heating

Control panel (Y page 103).

X Switching on: Make sure the key is instarter switch position 1.

X Push temperature control? up.

X Switching off: Push temperaturecontrol? fully down.

HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning) 103

>>Controls.

* optional Z



X Make sure the engine is running.

X Switching on: Push air volumecontrol: to level 1 or higher.

X Press air conditioning switch;.The indicator lamp in air conditioningswitch; comes on.

X Switching off: Press air conditioningswitch; once more.The indicator lamp in air conditioningswitch; goes out.

i The stored status is restored, if youswitch on the ignition again.

i The air condition will be suspendedtemporarily:

Rif the engine speed is too lowRwhen driving off

The air condition is switched off:

Rat a coolant temperature of more than239¦ (115¥)Rat outside temperatures below 38¦

(3¥)

Setting the temperature

Heating


i You should raise or lower the tempera-ture setting in small increments.

X Increasing or decreasing: Push temper-ature control? up or down.

Rapid coolingX Push air volume control: fully up.

X Turn air distribution control= to posi-tionP.

X Push temperature control? fully down.

X Adjust the air vents as desired.

Rapid heatingX Push air volume control: to level 3.

X Turn air distribution control= to aposition betweenz andO.

X Push temperature control? fully up.

X Adjust the air vents towards the occu-pants.



i You should raise or lower the tempera-ture setting in small increments, pref-erably starting at 70¦ (21¥).

X Increasing or decreasing: Push temper-ature controlA up or down.

Adjusting air vents

G WARNING

When operating the heating or air condi-tioning with climate control*, the air thatenters the passenger compartment throughthe air vents can be very hot or very cold(depending on the set temperature). Thismay cause burns or frostbite on unprotectedskin in the immediate area of the air vents.Always keep sufficient distance betweenunprotected parts of the body and the airvents. If necessary, use the air distribu-tion control to direct the air to air ventsin the vehicle interior that are not in theimmediate area of unprotected skin.

To make sure the heating or air condition-ing with climate control* works properly,please observe the following:

RKeep the air intake grill free fromdeposits, e.g. ice or snow, to ensure thatfresh air can flow freely into the vehicleinterior.RDo not obstruct air vents or ventilationgrilles in the vehicle interior.


Controls.

* optional

i For draft-free ventilation, move thesliders for the center air vents and sideair vents to the middle position.

Center air vents

: Left center air vent, adjustable

; Right center air vent, adjustable

X Adjusting: Turn slider: or; to theleft, right, up, or down.

X Opening: Turn slider: or; inwardstowards the center console.

X Closing: Turn slider: or; fully out-wards towards the side window.

Side air vents

Side air vents on driver’s side illustrated asexample

: Left side air vent, adjustable

; Left side defroster air vent, fixed

X Adjusting: Turn slider: to the left,right, up, or down.

X Opening: Turn slider: inwards towardsthe center console.

X Closing: Turn slider: fully outwardstowards the side window.

Adjusting air distribution

Symbol Function

z Directs air to the windshieldand side windows

O Directs air to the footwellsand air distribution isreduced at the center and sideair vents

P Directs air through the centerand side air vents

i You can also turn the air distributioncontrol to a position between two sym-bols.

Heating


X Turn air distribution control= to thedesired symbol.The air distribution is controlleddepending on the position of the air dis-tribution control.

Air conditioning with climate control


X Turn air distribution controlB to thedesired symbol.The air distribution is controlleddepending on the position of the air dis-tribution control.

HVAC (Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning) 105

>>Controls.

Z

Adjusting air volume

The air volume is controlled depending onthe blower speed selected. Five blowerspeeds are available.

0 Off

1 Slow

2 Medium

3 High/defrosting

4 Maximum

X Increasing or decreasing: Push air vol-ume control: up or down.

Defrosting

G WARNING

Never drive with iced up or fogged win-dows. Visibility will be significantlyimpaired. Impaired visibility couldendanger yourself and others. This mayprevent you from observing the traffic con-ditions, thereby causing an accident.

The best defrosting of windows is achievedif the ice is completely removed from thewindows manually with an ice scraperbefore starting the engine.

Heating


X Switching on: Push air volumecontrol: to level 3.

X Turn air distribution control= to posi-tionz.

X Push temperature control? fully up.

Air conditioning with climate control


X Switching on: Push air volumecontrol: to level 3.

X Turn air distribution controlB to posi-tionz.

X Push temperature controlA fully up.

Rear window defroster

The rear window defroster serves to de-icethe rear window quickly and clear the viewif the rear window is fogged.

The rear window defroster uses a largeamount of power. To keep battery drain to aminimum, switch off the rear windowdefroster as soon as the rear window isclear. The rear window defroster is auto-matically deactivated after approximately10 minutes of operation.


X Switching on: Press rear windowdefroster switch:.The indicator lamp in rear windowdefroster switch: comes on.

X Switching off: Press rear windowdefroster switch: once more.The indicator lamp in rear windowdefroster switch: goes out.


Controls.

* optional

Air recirculation mode*

Switch to air recirculation mode12 to pre-vent unpleasant odors from entering thevehicle from the outside (e.g. before driv-ing through a tunnel). This setting cuts offthe intake of outside air and recirculatesthe air in the passenger compartment.

G WARNING

When the air recirculation mode isswitched on, windows can fog on the insideimmediately. Fogged windows impair vis-ibility, endangering you and others. If thewindows begin to fog on the inside, switch-ing off the air recirculation mode imme-diately should clear interior window fog-ging. If interior window fogging persists,make sure the air conditioning is switchedon, turn air distribution controlB to

positionz and increase the air volumeusing air volume control:.


X Switching on: Press air recirculationswitch?.The indicator lamp in air recirculationswitch? comes on.

X Switching off: Press air recirculationswitch? once more.The indicator lamp in air recirculationswitch? goes out.

Loading and storing

Cup holder

G WARNING

In order to help prevent spilling liquidson vehicle occupants and/or vehicle equip-ment, only use containers that fit into thecup holder. Use lids on open containers anddo not fill containers to a height where thecontents, especially hot liquids, couldspill during braking, vehicle maneuvers,

or an accident. Liquids spilled on vehicleoccupants may cause serious personalinjury. Liquids spilled on vehicle equip-ment may cause damage not covered by thesmart Limited Warranty.

Keep in mind that objects placed in a cupholder may come loose during braking,vehicle maneuvers, or an accident and bethrown around in the vehicle interior.Objects thrown around in the vehicle inter-ior may cause an accident and/or seriouspersonal injury.

The cup holder can be used to safely storesealed drink bottles, containers with a lid,or beverage cans.

! Do not use the cup holder as an ashtray.Otherwise it could be damaged.

You can store two cups, drink bottles orbeverage cans in cup holder:.

i Clean the cup holder with a damp cloth.

Cargo compartment cover blind withparcel net bag

This feature is only available in Canadafor the model passion.

G WARNING

The cargo compartment cover blind is notintended to secure heavy objects in theevent of an accident. For this reason, heavyobjects must be tied down.

12 Vehicles with air conditioning with climate control* only.

Loading and storing 107

>>Controls.

* optional Z

Vehicle occupants could be injured byobjects being thrown around in the vehiclein the event of

Rhard braking

Ra change of direction

Ran accident

G WARNING

Do not place any objects on the mountedcargo compartment cover blind.


Rhard braking


Ran accident

G WARNING

Only place light loads in the parcel netbag. Do not transport heavy, sharp-edged orfragile objects in the parcel net bag. Theparcel net bag cannot sufficiently secureloads in an accident.


Rhard braking


Ran accident

Observe the loading guidelines.

The cargo compartment cover blind

Rserves to protect objects that are storedin the vehicle’s cargo compartment fromprying eyesRprevents smaller objects from penetrat-ing into the passenger compartment fromthe cargo compartment; however, it is notintended to act as a load restrainingdevice

The parcel net bag

Ris for storing small, lightweight objectsRprevents small objects from slidingaround inside the passenger compart-ment

! If objects are placed on the cargo com-partment cover blind when mounted, thecover may be damaged.

Fitting

If you wish to use cargo compartment coverblind: as normal, assemble it in topmountings;. If you do not need the cargocompartment cover blind, insert in bottommountings=.

X Open the tailgate.X Secure cargo compartment coverblind: at the front of the cargo com-partment with the parcel net bag.

X Insert cargo compartment coverblind: on the right-hand side in topmounting; or in bottom mounting=.

108 Loading and storing>>

Controls.

X Push handle? to the right in the direc-tion of the arrow.

X Insert cargo compartment coverblind: in top mounting; or bottommounting= in the left-hand side pan-eling and release handle?.

X Cargo compartment cover blind:engages.

X Pull parcel net bagA down slightly andsecure with the hook and loop fastener.

X Remove in reverse order.

Controls

X Closing: Take hold of cargo compartmentcover blind: in the middle and pullbackwards.

X Guide cargo compartment coverblind: into the rear right and leftmountings;.

X Opening: Take hold of cargo compartmentcover blind: in the middle, pull back-

wards, and remove from rear mount-ings;.

X Guide cargo compartment coverblind: into position.

Coat hooks

The coat hooks are located at the rear roofrail on the driver’s and passenger side.

Coat hook on driver’s side

: Coat hook

Storage compartments

G WARNING

To help avoid personal injury during a col-lision or sudden maneuver, exercise carewhen storing objects in the vehicle. Putluggage or cargo in the cargo compartmentif possible. Do not pile luggage or cargohigher than the seat backrests.

Keep compartment lids closed. This willhelp to prevent stored objects from beingthrown about and injuring vehicle occu-pants during

Rhard braking


Ran accident

Do not store objects under the driver’s seat.Objects stored under the driver’s seat canslide forward into driver’s foot well duringbraking and get caught between or beneaththe pedals. This could restrict your ability


>>Controls.

Z

to brake or accelerate and could lead toaccidents and injury.

Coin holder

The coin holder is located in front of thegear selector lever.

Example illustration (coupé)

: Coin holder

Door pockets

The door pockets are located in the driver’sand passenger door.

: Door pocket

Storage trays next to the steering wheel

The storage trays are located to the left andright of the steering wheel.

: Storage tray

Glove box

i A clamp rail for slips of paper islocated on the outside of the glove boxlid.

X Opening: Pull on glove box lidrelease: and fold down the glove boxlid.

X Closing: Lift up the glove box lid with abit of force until it engages.

X Locking: Insert the key into the glove boxlock and turn it to position3.

X Unlocking: Insert the key into the glovebox lock and turn it to position2.


Controls.

Storage tray* in center console

X Installing: Slide storage tray; onto thecones on the center console until itengages audibly.

X Removing: Press levers: simultane-ously towards the storage tray.

X Pull storage tray; away from the centerconsole.

X Opening: Pull handle=.

X Closing: Swivel storage tray; backuntil it engages.

Parcel nets

Parcel nets are located on the in-boardsides of the seat backrests.

i Vehicles equipped with an armrest* onthe driver’s seat, have a parcel net on thepassenger seat only.

i Each parcel net is intended for light-weight items of below 0.9 lb (0.4 kg).

Example illustration: Parcel net on passengerseat

: Parcel net

Drawer*

A drawer is located below the audio sys-tem*13.

X Opening: Press on the center ofdrawer:.The drawer opens slightly.

X Pull drawer: to open completely.

X Closing: Press on drawer: until itengages.

Storage compartment in the tailgate(coupé only)

You can store small objects in the storagecompartment in the tailgate.

13 Vehicles with audio system basic* only.


>>Controls.

* optional Z

X Opening: Open the tailgates.X Pull handle: on the inside of the tail-gate backward.

X Lift up the storage compartment cover.X Closing: Close storage compartmentcover:.

X Press on the “PRESS” marking in the mid-dle of storage compartment cover:until it engages audibly.

X Close the tailgates (Y page 55).

Loading instructions

G WARNING

Transport heavy or hard objects in thecargo compartment, not in the passengercompartment.

Always fasten items being carried assecurely as possible using fastening mate-rials appropriate for the weight and sizeof the load.

In an accident, during hard braking or sud-den maneuvers, loose items may be thrownaround inside the vehicle, causing injuryto vehicle occupants.

G WARNING

To help avoid personal injury during a col-lision or sudden maneuver, exercise carewhen storing objects in the vehicle. Putluggage or cargo in the cargo compartmentif possible. Do not pile luggage or cargohigher than the seat backrests.

Keep compartment lids closed. This willhelp to prevent stored objects from beingthrown about and injuring vehicle occu-pants during

Rbraking

Rvehicle maneuvers

Ran accident

G WARNING

No racks or loads may be secured to the roofof the vehicle, as

Rthe panorama roof* may be damaged, thusinjuring persons

Rthis can have a substantial adverseeffect on the driving dynamics of thevehicle, thus causing accidents

Rthe rack and/or the load could detach andthrough this cause an accident or otherpeople could be injured by the load and/or rack that has fallen off

G WARNING


G WARNING

Do not store any flammable substancesinside the vehicle that could ignite andstart a fire.

G WARNING

The manufacturer has not approved yourvehicle for towing a trailer. A trailer canpermanently impair driving safety.

The gross vehicle weight which is theweight of the vehicle including fuel, tools,installed accessories, passengers, andluggage/cargo must never exceed the loadlimit and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) for your vehicle as specified on theplacard located on the driver’s door B‑pil-lar (Y page 214). In addition, the load must


Controls.

* optional

be distributed in such a way so that theweight on each axle never exceeds the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. TheGVWRandGAWR for your vehi-cle are indicated on the certificationlabel which can be found on the driver’sdoor B‑pillar.

For more information, see “Loading thevehicle” (Y page 130).

The handling characteristics of a fullyloaded vehicle depend greatly on the loaddistribution. It is therefore recommendedto load the vehicle with the heaviest itemsbeing placed towards the front of the vehi-cle.

Please pay attention to and comply with thefollowing instructions when loading thevehicle and transporting cargo:RAlways place items being carriedagainst seat backrests, and fasten themas securely as possible.RThe heaviest portion of the cargo shouldalways be kept as low as possible againstseat backrests.RDo not stack loads higher than the topedge of the head restraints.RMake sure no luggage/cargo items can getabove or next to the driver’s and/orpassenger seat into the passenger com-partment.RMake sure luggage/cargo is properlysecured.RAlways use, if so equipped, cargo net*when transporting cargo.

Do not carry any unnecessary weight in thevehicle. This increases vehicle weight,which results in increased energy con-sumption.

Useful features

Sun visors

The sun visors protect you from sun glarewhile driving.

Glare through the windshield

X Swing sun visor: down.

Glare through a side window

X Swing sun visor: down.

X Disengage sun visor: from mount-ing;.

X Pivot sun visor: to the side.

Sun screen*

The sun screen provides protection fromsun rays and from heat generated by thepanorama roof*.

The sun screen can be adjusted to anydesired position.

X Opening or closing: Move sun screen:forward or backward using the handle.

Useful features 113

>>Controls.

* optional Z

Auxiliary power outlet

The auxiliary power outlet supplies powerto the following electrical accessorieswhen the key is turned to starter switchposition 1:Rthe cigarette lighter*, available in con-junction with the ashtray*Rthe electric air pump, available in con-junction with the tire repair kit*Rother consumers which operate up to amaximum of 60 W

! The auxiliary power outlet can accom-modate 12V DC electrical accessoriesdesigned for use with the standard “cig-arette lighter” plug type.

Keep in mind, however, that connectingaccessories to the auxiliary power outlet(for example extensive connecting anddisconnecting, or using plugs that do notfit properly) can damage the auxiliarypower outlet. With the auxiliary poweroutlet damaged, the cigarette lighter*may no longer be able to be placed in theheating (pushed-in) position, or may popout before it is hot enough.

The auxiliary power outlet is located in thelower center console.

Auxiliary power outlet

X Turn the key to starter switch position 1.

! Please observe the safety instructionsgiven in the respective operatinginstructions.

Please note that

Rif using the auxiliary power outlet themaximum current drawn may not exceed5 A or 60 WRthe electric air pump* can be connectedto the auxiliary power outlet for the timeit takes to inflate the tire without anyproblemRthe vehicle battery will discharge whencurrent is drawn.

114 Useful features>>

Controls.

* optional

>>Operation.

The first 1000 miles (1500 km) .............. 116

At the gas station ............................. 116

Engine compartment .......................... 117

Front compartment ........................... 120

Tires and wheels .............................. 124

Winter driving ................................ 143

Driving instructions ........................ 144

Driving abroad ................................ 151

Vehicle care ................................... 151

The first 1000 miles (1500 km)

In the Operation section you will finddetailed information on operating, main-taining and caring for your vehicle.

The more cautiously you treat your vehicleduring the break-in period, the more sat-isfied you will be with its performancelater on.RDrive your vehicle during the first1000 miles (1500 km) at varying but mod-erate vehicle and engine speeds.RDuring this period, avoid heavy loads(full throttle driving) and excessiveengine speeds (no more than 2/3 of max-imum rpm in each gear).RShift gears in a timely manner.RDo not attempt to slow the vehicle downby shifting to a lower gear.RAvoid accelerating by kickdown.

After 1000 miles (1 500 km), you may gradu-ally increase vehicle and engine speeds tothe permissible maximum.

All of the above instructions also applywhen driving the first 1000 miles (1500 km)after the engine has been replaced.

i Always obey applicable speed limits.

At the gas station

Refueling

G WARNING

Gasoline is highly flammable and poison-ous. It burns violently and can cause ser-ious personal injury.

Never allow sparks, flame or smoking mate-rials near gasoline!

Turn off the engine before refueling.

Whenever you are around gasoline, avoidinhaling fumes and skin or clothing con-tact. Extinguish all smoking materials.

Direct skin contact with fuels and the inha-lation of fuel vapors are damaging to yourhealth.

! Do not put diesel fuel in vehicles withgasoline engines. Do not mix gasolinewith diesel fuel. Even small quantitiesof diesel fuel will damage the injectionsystem. Damage caused by adding dieselfuel will not be covered by the smartLimited Warranty.

If diesel fuel has mixed with gasoline,do not start the engine. Otherwise thecatalytic converter will be irreparablydamaged.

Contact an authorized smart center orRoadside Assistance immediately andhave the vehicle towed.

! Damage resulting frommixing gasolinewith diesel fuel is not covered by thesmart Limited Warranty.

The fuel filler flap is located on thepassenger side towards the rear. Locking/unlocking the vehicle with the key auto-matically locks/unlocks the fuel fillerflap.

i In case the central locking system doesnot release the fuel filler flap, or theopening mechanisms is clamping, con-tact Roadside Assistance or an author-ized smart center.

: Opening the fuel filler flap

; Inserting the fuel filler cap

= Fuel filler cap

116 At the gas station>>

Operation.

? Fuel type label

A Holder

X Turn off the engine.X Remove the key from the starter switch.X Open the fuel filler flap by pulling at thepoint indicated by arrow:.

X Turn fuel filler cap= counterclockwiseand hold on to it until possible pressureis released.

X Take off fuel filler cap=.

! The fuel filler cap is tethered to thefuel filler flap. Do not drop the fuelfiller cap. It could damage the vehiclepaint finish.

X Insert fuel filler cap= in direction ofarrow; into holderA on the inside ofthe fuel filler flap.

X Fully insert filler nozzle unit andrefuel.

X Only fill your tank until the filler nozzleunit cuts out — do not top off or overfill.

G WARNING

Overfilling of the fuel tank may createpressure in the system which could cause agas discharge. This could cause the gas tospray back out when removing the fuel pumpnozzle, which could cause personal injury.

X Replace fuel filler cap=.

X Turn fuel filler cap= clockwise untilthe handle grip overturns.

i Make sure to close the fuel filler flapbefore locking the vehicle as the fuelfiller flap locking pin prevents closingafter you have locked the vehicle.

X Close the fuel filler flap.

You should hear the latch close shut.

i Only use premium unleaded gasolinewith a minimum Posted Octane Rating of91 (average of 96 RON/86 MON). Informa-tion on gasoline quality can normally befound on the fuel pump. Please contact

gas station personnel in case labels onthe pump cannot be found.

For more information on gasoline, see“Premium unleaded gasoline”(Y page 221) and “Fuel requirements”(Y page 221), or contact an authorizedsmart center.

Check regularly and before a long trip

For information on quantities andrequirements of operating agents, see“Service fluids and capacities”(Y page 218).

Check the following:

REngine oil level (Y page 118)RTire inflation pressure (Y page 127)RCoolant level (Y page 122)RVehicle lighting (Y page 178)RWindshield washer system (Y page 123)RBrake fluid (Y page 124)

Engine compartment

Engine compartment cover

Open the engine compartment cover tocheck the engine oil level and if necessary,to add engine oil.

G WARNING

High outside temperature, stop-and-gotraffic, driving on long uphill grades ordriving at high engine speed may increasethe temperature in the engine compart-ment. Therefore, the engine compartmentcover and parts in the area around theengine compartment cover may be hot. Partsof the engine can become very hot. To pre-vent burns, let the engine cool off com-pletely before touching the engine com-partment cover, parts in the area around theengine compartment cover, and parts of theengine.

Engine compartment 117

>>Operation.

Z


X Switch off the ignition.X Open the tailgate.

G WARNING

Exercise extreme caution if you see flamesor smoke coming from the engine compart-ment. Move away from the vehicle and callthe fire department.

If the coolant temperature warning lampindicates that the engine is overheated, donot attempt to open the engine compartmentcover. Move away from the vehicle and waituntil the engine has cooled before openingthe engine compartment.

G WARNING

To help prevent personal injury, stay clearof moving parts when the engine compart-ment cover is open and the engine is run-ning.

G WARNING

The engine is equipped with a transistor-ized ignition system that utilizes highvoltage. Do not touch any components (igni-tion coils, spark plug sockets, diagnosticsocket) of the ignition system

Rwhile the engine is running

Rwhile starting the engine

Rif ignition is “on” and the engine isturned manually

X Opening: Grasp the strap on cargo com-partment floor;.

X Lift cargo compartment floor; with thestrap.

X Engage hook? into top mounting= ofcargo compartment cover blindA.

X Remove fastening screw:.

X Remove engine compartment coverA.

X Closing: Slide engine compartment coverA forward into the tabs provided.

X Tighten fastening screw:.

X Disengage hook? from top mounting=.

X Fold cargo compartment floor; backdown.

X Push the right hand and left hand cargocompartment floor edges under the edgesof the side panels.

X Close the tailgate.

Engine oil

The amount of oil your engine needs willdepend on a number of factors, includingdriving style. Increased oil consumptioncan occur when the vehicle is new or thevehicle is driven at higher engine speedsfrequently.

Engine oil consumption checks should onlybe made after the vehicle break-in period.

! Do not use any special lubricant addi-tives, as these may increase wear anddamage the drive assemblies. Using spe-cial additives not approved by smart maycause damage not covered by the smartLimited Warranty. More information onthis subject is available at any smartcenter.

Checking engine oil level

! Check the engine oil level at regularintervals.

118 Engine compartment>>

Operation.

When checking the engine oil level

Rthe vehicle must be parked on levelgroundRthe vehicle must have been stationary forat least five minutes with the engineturned off

X Turn off the engine.X Engage the parking brake.X Open the tailgate.X Open the engine compartment cover(Y page 117).

The oil dipstick is located in the enginecompartment on the passenger side.

X Pull out oil dipstick:.

X Wipe oil dipstick: clean with a cleancloth.

X Fully insert oil dipstick: into thedipstick guide tube.

X Pull out oil dipstick: again afterapproximately one minute to obtainaccurate reading.

The oil level is correct when it isbetween lower mark= (minimum) andupper mark; (maximum) on both sidesof oil dipstick:.

X Fully insert oil dipstick: into thedipstick guide tube again.

X If necessary, add engine oil(Y page 119).

i The filling quantity between the upperand lower marks on the oil dipstick isapproximately 1.1 US qt (1.0 l).

Adding engine oil

! Only use approved engine oils and oilfilters required for vehicles with Main-tenance System. For a listing of approvedengine oils and oil filters contact anauthorized smart center.

Using engine oils and oil filters ofspecification other than those expresslyrequired for the Maintenance System, orchanging of oil and oil filter at changeintervals longer than those called for bythe Maintenance System will result inengine or emission control system dam-age not covered by the smart LimitedWarranty.

G WARNING

When adding engine oil, always use a funnelto avoid spilling oil on any hot parts suchas the catalytic converter or exhaust sys-tem.

If this should happen, however, the enginemust be thoroughly cleaned before you con-tinue your trip. The engine oil could oth-erwise ignite.

The filler cap is located in the enginecompartment on the passenger side.

X Unscrew filler cap: from the fillerneck.

X Add engine oil as required.

Do not add more than 0.53 US qt (0.5 l)engine oil at a time.

X Wait one minute until the engine oil hasrun into the oil pan.

Engine compartment 119

>>Operation.

Z

X Check the engine oil level once more.X Add engine oil once more if necessary.

Be careful not to spill any oil when addingto avoid environmental damage caused byoil entering the ground and water.

! Excess engine oil must be siphoned ordrained off. It could cause damage to theengine or emission control system notcovered by the smart Limited Warranty.

X Screw filler cap: back on the fillerneck.

X Close the engine compartment cover(Y page 117).

Front compartment

Service flap

Remove the service flap to check the cool-ant level, windshield washer reservoirlevel, and brake fluid level.

Insert the service flap on the front of thevehicle so that it does not get damaged ordirty.

i The service flap has a strap on the rearside that ties it to the vehicle body.

G WARNING

Always turn the key to starter switch posi-tion 0 and remove the key from the starterswitch before opening the service flap.

If the windshield wipers should inadver-tently be switched on, you could be ser-iously injured by the wiper washer drive,which is located just below the serviceflap.

G WARNING

Make sure the service flap is locked whiledriving. Otherwise, the service flap couldbecome detached and pose a hazard to youor others.

G WARNING

To help prevent personal injury, stay clearof moving parts when the service flap isopen.

The radiator fan may continue to run forapproximately 30 seconds or may evenrestart after the engine has been turnedoff. Stay clear of fan blades.

! Check the fill levels at regular inter-vals.

! Carefully remove ice, snow, and anyother deposits from the air intakegrilles above the service flap to ensureair intake at all times.

X Park the vehicle on level ground.X Turn off the engine.X Engage the parking brake.

Removing

X Using a suitable object, push both open-ers: towards the inside in direction ofthe arrows.Both levers; are released from theradiator grille.

X Pull both levers; forward in directionof the arrows.

120 Front compartment>>

Operation.

X Pull both levers; fully towards the out-side in the direction of the arrows.

X Lift the front of service flap=.

X First pull service flap= forwardslightly and then remove it upwards asindicated by arrow?.

X Insert hooksA on the back of serviceflap= into openingsB.

Remounting

X Lift service flap= out of openingsB.

X Insert left and right linksD of serviceflap= under linksC on the fender.

X Insert both tabsE on the back of serviceflap= completely into openingsF.

Front compartment 121

>>Operation.

Z

X Push service flap= down in directionof arrowG.

X First push both levers; inward and thento the rear.

X Press both levers; into the radiatorgrille until they engage.

Coolant

G WARNING

In order to avoid potentially serious burns:

RUse extreme caution when opening theservice flap if there are any signs of

steam or coolant leaking from the cool-ing system, or if the coolant temperaturewarning lamp? in the instrumentcluster indicates that the coolant isoverheated.

RDo not remove the pressure cap on coolantreservoir if coolant temperature isabove 158¦ (70¥). Allow engine to cooldown before removing cap. The coolantreservoir contains hot fluid and is underpressure.

RUsing a rag, slowly turn the cap approx-imately 1/2 turn to relieve excess pres-

sure. If opened immediately, scaldinghot fluid and steam will be blown outunder pressure.

The engine coolant is a mixture of waterand anticorrosion/antifreeze. To check thecoolant level the vehicle must be parked onlevel ground and the engine must havecooled down. For more information, see“Coolants” (Y page 223).

Checking coolant level

X Remove the service flap and insert it onthe front of the vehicle (Y page 120).

The coolant reservoir is located in thefront compartment on the driver’s side.

X Allow the radiator to cool down for atleast 30 minutes.

X Using a rag, slowly turn pressurecap: approximately 1/2 turn counter-

122 Front compartment>>

Operation.

clockwise to release any excess pres-sure.

X Continue turning pressure cap: coun-terclockwise and remove it.

The coolant level is correct if the level

Rfor cold coolant: reaches markingbar; visible through the fillingopeningRfor warm coolant: is approximately0.6 in (1.5 cm) higher

X If necessary, add coolant.

Adding coolant

X Add coolant as required. The coolantlevelmay not exceed themaximum fillinglevel.

X Replace and tighten pressure cap:.

X Remount the service flap and close it(Y page 120).

Windshield/rear window washer system

Both the windshield and the rear window14

washer are supplied from the windshieldwasher reservoir.

The recommended minimum filling level is1.06 US qt (1.0 l).


The windshield washer reservoir is locatedin the front compartment on the driver’sside.

G WARNING

Windshield washer concentrate is highlyflammable. Fire, naked flames and smokingare prohibited when windshield washerconcentrate is being handled.

X Use a windshield washer concentratelabeled for summer and water for tem-peratures above freezing point.

X Use a windshield washer concentratelabeled for winter and water for temper-atures below freezing point.

! Always use a windshield washer concen-trate labeled for winter where tempera-tures may fall below freezing point.Failure to do so could result in damageto the washer system/reservoir.

X Premix the windshield washer fluid in asuitable container.

Observe mixing ratios depending on theoutside temperature (Y page 222).

X Use the tab to pull cap: upwards.

X Refill the windshield washer reservoir.X Push cap: onto the windshield washerreservoir.


14 Coupé only.

Front compartment 123

>>Operation.

Z

Brake fluid

G WARNING

During vehicle operation, the boilingpoint of the brake fluid is continuouslyreduced through the absorption of moisturefrom the atmosphere. Under extremelystrenuous operating conditions, thismois-ture content can lead to the formation ofbubbles in the system, thus reducing thesystem’s efficiency.

Therefore, the brake fluid must be replacedregularly. Refer to your vehicle’s Mainte-nance Booklet for replacement interval.

The brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir may be too low if the brake warn-ing lamp in the instrument cluster comeson (Y page 21) although the parking brakeis released.

! If you find that the brake fluid in thebrake fluid reservoir has fallen to theminimum mark or below, have the brakesystem checked for brake pad thicknessand leaks immediately. Contact anauthorized smart center immediately. Donot add brake fluid as this will not solvethe problem.


The brake fluid reservoir is located in thefront compartment on the passenger side.

Checking brake fluid level

X Perform a visual check of the brake fluidreservoir:.

The brake fluid level is correct when itis between the minimum mark and themaximum mark.RIf the brake fluid level has fallenslightly below the minimum mark,drive to an authorized smart center.RIf the brake fluid level has fallen sig-nificantly below the minimum mark,call Roadside Assistance or an author-ized smart center.


Tires and wheels

Safety notes

Contact an authorized smart center forinformation on tested and recommendedrims and tires for summer and winter oper-ation. They can also offer advice concern-ing tire service and purchase.

G WARNING

Replace rims or tires with the same desig-nation, manufacturer and type as shown onthe original part. For further informationcontact an authorized smart center. Ifincorrectly sized rims and tires aremounted, the wheel brakes or suspensioncomponents can be damaged. Also, the oper-ating clearance of the wheels and the tiresmay no longer be correct.

G WARNING

Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If thetire tread is worn to minimum tread depth,or if the tires have sustained damage,replace them.

When replacing rims, only use genuinesmart wheel bolts specified for the partic-ular rim type. Failure to do so can result in

124 Tires and wheels>>

Operation.

the bolts loosening and possibly an acci-dent.

Retreaded tires are not tested or recom-mended by smart, since previous damagecannot always be recognized on retreads.The operating safety of the vehicle cannotbe assured when such tires are used.

G WARNING

If you feel a sudden significant vibrationor ride disturbance, or you suspect thatpossible damage to your vehicle has occur-red, you should turn on the hazard warningflashers, carefully slow down, and drivewith caution to an area which is a safe dis-tance from the road.

Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbodyfor possible damage. If the vehicle or tiresappear unsafe, have the vehicle towed to thenearest authorized smart center or tiredealer for repairs.

G WARNING

Do not drive with a flat tire. A flat tireaffects the ability to steer or brake thevehicle. You could lose control of the vehi-cle. Continued driving with a flat tire ordriving at high speed with a flat tire willcause excessive heat build-up and possiblya fire.

Modifications to the brake system andwheels and the use of brake dust rings arenot permissible.

Important guidelines

ROnly use sets of tires and rims of the sametype and make.RTires must be of the correct size for therim.RBreak in new tires for approximately60 miles (100 km) at moderate speeds.RRegularly check the tires and rims fordamage. Dented or bent rims can cause

tire pressure loss and damage to the tirebeads.RIf vehicle is heavily loaded, check tireinflation pressure and correct asrequired.RDo not allow your tires to wear down toofar. Adhesion properties onwet roads aresharply reduced at tread depths of lessthan 1/8 in (3 mm).

Recommended tire inflation pressure

G WARNING

Follow recommended tire inflation pres-sures.

Do not underinflate tires. Underinflatedtires wear excessively and/or unevenly,adversely affect handling and fuel econ-omy, and are more likely to fail from beingoverheated.

Do not overinflate tires. Overinflatedtires can adversely affect handling andride comfort, wear unevenly, increasestopping distance, and result in suddendeflation (blowout) because they are morelikely to become punctured or damaged byroad debris, potholes etc.

Do not overload the tires by exceeding thespecified load limit as indicated on theTire and Loading Information placard onthe driver’s door B‑pillar. Overloading thetires can overheat them, possibly causinga blowout. Overloading the tires can alsoresult in handling or steering problems, orbrake failure.

Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire andLoading Information placard located onthe driver’s door B‑pillar (Y page 130).

The tire inflation pressure should bechecked regularly. Only adjust the tireinflation pressure on cold tires. The tirescan be considered cold if the vehicle hasbeen parked for at least 3 hours or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km). Depending on theambient temperature, the driving speed

Tires and wheels 125

>>Operation.

Z

and the tire load, the tire temperaturechanges. When the tire temperaturechanges by 18¦ (10¥), the tire inflationpressure will change by approximately10 kpa (0.1 bar, 1.5 psi). Keep this in mindwhen checking tire inflation pressure onwarm tires and adjust the tire pressureonly if the tire inflation pressure is toolow for the current operating conditions.If you check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are warm, the reading willbe higher than the cold reading. This isnormal. Do not let air out to match thespecified cold tire inflation pressure.Otherwise, the tire will be underinflated.

Follow recommended cold tire inflationpressures listed on Tire and LoadingInformation placard on the driver’s doorB‑pillar.

Keeping the tires properly inflated pro-vides the best handling, tread life and rid-ing comfort.

In addition to the Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard on the driver’s door B‑pil-lar, also consult the tire inflation pres-sure label (if available) on the inside ofthe filler flap for any additional informa-tion pertaining to special driving situa-tions. For more information, see “Impor-tant notes on tire inflation pressure”(Y page 126).

i Data shown on Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard example are for illus-tration purposes only. Tire data are spe-cific to each vehicle and may vary fromdata shown in the following illustration.Refer to Tire and Loading Informationplacard on vehicle for actual data spe-cific to your vehicle.

The Tire and Loading Information placardlists the recommended cold tire inflationpressures: for maximum loaded vehicleweight. The tire inflation pressures listedapply to the tires installed as originalequipment.

Important notes on tire inflation pres-sure

G WARNING

If the tire inflation pressure drops repeat-edly, check the tires for punctures fromforeign objects and/or whether air is leak-ing from the valves or from around the rim.

Tire temperature and tire inflation pres-sure are also increased while driving,depending on the driving speed and thetire load.

Potential problems associated withunderinflated and overinflated tires

Underinflated tires

G WARNING




Operation.

Underinflated tires can

Rcause excessive and uneven tire wearRadversely affect fuel economyRlead to tire failure from being over-heatedRadversely affect handling characteris-tics

Overinflated tires

G WARNING



Overinflated tires can

Radversely affect handling characteris-ticsRcause uneven tire wearRbe more prone to damage from road haz-ardsRadversely affect ride comfortRincrease stopping distance

Checking tire inflation pressure

Safety notes

G WARNING



Do not overinflate tires. Overinflatedtires can adversely affect handling andride comfort, wear unevenly, increase

stopping distance, and result in suddendeflation (blowout) because they are morelikely to become punctured or damaged byroad debris, potholes etc.


Check the tire inflation pressure at leastonce a month.

Check and adjust the tire inflation pres-sure when the tires are cold (Y page 125).

Checking tire inflation pressure man-ually

Follow the steps below to achieve correcttire inflation pressure:

X Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.X Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.X Read the tire inflation pressure on tiregauge and check against the recom-mended tire inflation pressure on theTire and Loading Information placard onthe driver’s door B‑pillar (Y page 130).If necessary, add air to achieve the rec-ommended tire inflation pressure.

X If you have overfilled the tire, releasetire inflation pressure by pushing themetal stem of the valve with e.g. a tip ofa pen. Then recheck the tire inflationpressure with the tire gauge.

X Install the valve cap.X Repeat this procedure for each tire.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)*

Your vehicle may be equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS).


>>Operation.

* optional Z

It monitors the tire inflation pressure inall four tires. A warning is issued to alertyou to a decrease in pressure in one or moreof the tires.

The Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) is equipped with a combination lowtire pressure/TPMSmalfunction telltale inthe instrument cluster. Depending on howthe telltale illuminates, it indicates a lowtire pressure condition or amalfunction inthe TPMS system itself:

RIf the telltale illuminates continuously,one ormore of your tires is significantlyunderinflated. There is no malfunctionin the TPMS.RIf the telltale flashes for 60 seconds andthen stays illuminated, the TPMS systemitself is not operating properly.

The TPMS only functions on wheels that areequipped with the proper electronic sen-sors.

G WARNING

The TPMS does not indicate a warning forwrongly selected inflation pressures.Always adjust tire inflation pressureaccording to the Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard on the driver’s door B‑pil-lar.

The TPMS is not able to issue a warning dueto a sudden dramatic loss of pressure (e.g.tire blowout caused by a foreign object). Inthis case bring the vehicle to a halt bycarefully applying the brakes and avoidingabrupt steering maneuvers.

G WARNING

Each tire should be checked monthly whencold and inflated to the inflation pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufactureron the Tire and Loading Information plac-ard. If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the Tire andLoading Information placard, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflation pres-sure for those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a tire pressure moni-toring system (TPMS) that illuminates a lowtire pressure telltale when one or more ofyour tires is significantly underinflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressuretelltale illuminates, you should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure. Driv-ing on a significantly underinflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead totire failure.

Underinflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stopping abil-ity. Please note that the TPMS is not a sub-stitute for proper tire maintenance, and itis the driver’s responsibility to maintaincorrect tire pressure, even if underinfla-tion has not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, thetelltale will flash for approximately1 minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated.

This sequence will continue upon subse-quent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal-function exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the system maynot be able to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installation ofincompatible replacement or alternatetires or wheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement


Operation.

or alternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function properly.

i If a condition causing the TPMS to mal-function develops, it may take up to10 minutes for the system to signal a mal-function using the TPMS telltale flash-ing and illumination sequence.

The telltale extinguishes after a fewminutes driving if the malfunction hasbeen corrected.

i Operating radio transmission equip-ment (e.g. wireless headsets, two-wayradios) in or near the vehicle couldcause the TPMS to malfunction.

i USA only:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

RThis device may not cause harmfulinterference, andRthis device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.


i Canada only:This device complies with RSS‑210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

RThis device may not cause interfer-ence, andRthis device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.


Restarting the TPMS

G WARNING

It is the driver’s responsibility to cali-brate the TPMS on the recommended coldinflation pressure. Underinflated tiresaffect the ability to steer or brake andmight cause you to lose control of the vehi-cle.

When you restart the TPMS, the system setsnew reference values for each tire.

The TPMS must be restarted when you haveadjusted the tire inflation pressure to anew level (e.g. because of different load ordriving conditions). The TPMS is thenrecalibrated to the current tire inflationpressures.

X Using the Tire and Loading Informationplacard on the driver’s door B‑pillar(Y page 130), make sure the tire infla-tion pressure of all four tires is correct.

i Restart the TPMS after adjusting thetire inflation pressure to the inflationpressure recommended for the vehicleoperating condition. Tire pressureshould only be adjusted on cold tires.Observe the recommended tire inflationpressure on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard on the driver’s doorB‑pillar (Y page 130).

X Press Restarting TPMS button:.The combination low tire pressure/TPMSmalfunction telltale in the instrumentcluster (Y page 21) flashes for approx-imately 5 seconds and then goes out.


>>Operation.

Z

After driving a few minutes the systemverifies that the current tire inflationpressures are within the system’s speci-fied range. Afterwards the current tireinflation pressures are accepted as refer-ence pressures and then monitored.

Maximum tire inflation pressure

G WARNING

Never exceed the max. tire inflation pres-sure. Follow recommended tire inflationpressures.



i For illustration purposes only. Actualdata on tires are specific to each vehicleand may vary from data shown in aboveillustration.

This is the maximum permissible tireinflation pressure: for the tire.

Always follow the recommended tire infla-tion pressure (Y page 125) for proper tireinflation.

Loading the vehicle

Two labels on your vehicle show how muchweight it may properly carry.

1) The Tire and Loading Information plac-ard can be found on the driver’s doorB‑pillar. This placard tells you impor-tant information about the number ofpeople that can be in the vehicle andthe total weight that can be carried inthe vehicle. It also contains informa-tion on the proper size and recom-mended tire inflation pressures for theoriginal equipment tires on your vehi-cle.

2) The certification label, also found onthe driver’s door B‑pillar, tells youabout the gross weight capacity of yourvehicle, called the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR). The GVWRincludes the weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel and cargo. The certif-ication label also tells you about thefront and rear axle weight capacity,called the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR). The GAWR is the total allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). Never exceed theGVWR or GAWR for either the front axleor rear axle.

: Driver’s door B‑pillar

Following is a discussion on how to workwith the information contained on the Tireand Loading Information placard withregards to loading your vehicle.


Operation.

Tire and Loading Information

G WARNING


Tire and Loading Information placard

i Data shown on Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard example are for illus-tration purposes only. Load limit dataare specific to each vehicle and may varyfrom data shown in the following illus-tration. Refer to Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard on vehicle for actual dataspecific to your vehicle.

The Tire and Loading Information placardshowing load limit information: islocated on the driver’s door B‑pillar(Y page 130).

X Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXXX kg or XXXX lbs.” on theTire and Loading Information placard.

The combined weight of all occupants andcargo/luggage should never exceed theweight referenced in that statement.

Seating capacity

The seating capacity gives you importantinformation on the number of occupantsthat can be in the vehicle. The Tire andLoading Information placard showingseating capacity: is located on thedriver’s door B‑pillar (Y page 130).

i Data shown on Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard example are for illus-tration purposes only. Seating capacitydata are specific to each vehicle and mayvary from data shown in the followingillustration. Refer to Tire and LoadingInformation placard on vehicle foractual data specific to your vehicle.

Steps for determining correct load limit

The following steps have been developed asrequired of all manufacturers underTitle 49, Code of U.S. Federal Regulations,Part 575 pursuant to the “National Trafficand Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966”.

X Step 1: Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXXX kg orXXXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s Tire andLoading Information placard.

X Step 2: Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passenger that will beriding in your vehicle.

X Step 3: Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passenger fromXXXX kilo-grams or XXXX lbs.

X Step 4: The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and luggage


>>Operation.

Z

load capacity. For example, if the “XXXX”amount equals 540 lbs and there will beone 150 lbs passenger in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and luggageload capacity is 390 lbs(540 lbs - 150 lbs = 390 lbs).

X Step 5: Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in step 4.

i The maximum cargo compartment loadis 110 lbs (50 kg).

The following table shows examples on howto calculate total and cargo load capaci-ties with varying seating configurationsand number and size of occupants. The fol-lowing examples use a load limit of 540 lbs.This is for illustration purposes only.Make sure you are using the actual loadlimit for your vehicle stated on the vehi-cle’s Tire and Loading Information placard(Y page 131).

The higher the weight of all occupants, theless cargo and luggage load capacity isavailable.


Operation.

Examples for steps 1 to 3

Example 1 Example 2

Step 1 Combined weight limit of occu-pants and cargo fromTire and Load-ing Information placard

540 lbs 540 lbs

Step 2 Number of occupants (driver andpassenger)

2 1

Occupants weight Occupant 1: 150 lbs

Occupant 2: 180 lbs

Occupant 1: 150 lbs

Combined weight of all occupants 330 lbs 150 lbs

Step 3 Available cargo weight (total loadlimit from Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard minus combinedweight of all occupants)

540 lbs - 330 lbs =210 lbs

540 lbs - 150 lbs =390 lbs

Certification label

Even after careful determination of thecombined weight of all occupants and cargoas to not exceed the permissible loadlimit, you must make sure your vehiclenever exceeds the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for either the front or rearaxle. You can obtain the GVWR and GAWRfrom the certification label. The certifi-cation label can be found on the driver’sdoor B‑pillar, see “Technical data”(Y page 214).

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) means:

The total weight of the vehicle, all occu-pants, and all cargo must never exceed theGVWR.

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) means:

The total allowable weight that can be car-ried by a single axle (front or rear).

To assure that your vehicle does not exceedthe maximum permissible weight limits(GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle),have the loaded vehicle (including driver,passenger, and all cargo) weighed on asuitable commercial scale.

Maximum tire load

G WARNING



The maximum tire load: is the maximumweight the tires are designed to support.


>>Operation.

Z

For more information on tire load rating(Y page 137).

For information on calculating total andcargo load capacities (Y page 131).

Direction of rotation

Unidirectional tires offer added advan-tages, such as better hydroplaning per-formance. To benefit, however, you mustmake sure the tires rotate in the directionspecified.

An arrow on the sidewall indicates theintended direction of rotation (spinning)of the tire.

Tire care and maintenance

G WARNING

Regularly check the tires for damage. Dam-aged tires can cause tire inflation pres-sure loss. As a result, you could lose controlof your vehicle.

Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If thetire tread is badly worn, or if the tires havesustained damage, replace them.

Check the tire inflation pressure at leastonce a month. For more information onchecking tire inflation pressure, see“Recommended tire inflation pressure”(Y page 125).

Tire inspection

Every time you check the tire inflationpressure, you should also inspect yourtires for the following

Rexcessive treadwear (Y page 134)Rcord or fabric showing through the tire’srubberRbumps, bulges, cuts, cracks or splits inthe tread or side of the tire

Replace the tire if you find any of the aboveconditions.

Life of tire

G WARNING

Tires should be replaced after 6 years,regardless of the remaining tread.

The service life of a tire is dependent uponvarying factors including but not limitedto

Rdriving styleRtire inflation pressureRdistance driven

Tread depth

G WARNING

Although the applicable federal motorvehicle safety laws consider a tire to beworn when the treadwear indicators (TWI)become visible at approximately 1/16 in

(1.6 mm), we recommend that you do not allowyour tires to wear down to that level. Astread depth approaches 1/8 in (3 mm), the

adhesion properties on a wet road aresharply reduced.

Depending upon the weather and/or roadsurface (conditions), the tire traction var-ies widely.

Do not allow your tires to wear down too far.Adhesion properties on wet roads aresharply reduced at tread depths of lessthan 1/8 in (3 mm).

Treadwear indicators (TWI) are required bylaw. These indicators are located in sixplaces on the tread circumference andbecome visible at a tread depth of approx-imately 1/16 in (1.6 mm), at which point thetire is considered worn and should bereplaced.

Recommended minimum tire tread depth:Summer tires 1/8 in (3 mm)

Winter tires 1/6 in (4 mm)


Operation.

Treadwear indicator: appears as a solidband across the tread.

Storing tires

! Keep unmounted tires in a cool, dryplace with as little exposure to light aspossible. Protect tires from contact withoil, grease and fuels.

Cleaning tires

! Never use a round nozzle to power washtires. The intense jet of water can resultin damage to the tire.

Always replace a damaged tire.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand-ards

The Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a U.S.Government requirement designed to givedrivers consistent and reliable informa-tion regarding tire performance. Tiremanufacturers are required to grade tiresbased on three performance factors: tread-

wear:, traction;, and temperatureresistance=. Although not a Governmentof Canada requirement, all tires made forsale in North America have these gradesbranded on the sidewall.


Quality grades can be found, where appli-cable, on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear Traction Temperature

200 AA A

All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rat-ing based on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified U.S. government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2 ) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use,however, andmay depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving hab-its, service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

Traction

G WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.


>>Operation.

Z

The traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades rep-resent the tire’s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature

G WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessive load-ing, either separately or in combination,can cause excessive heat build-up and pos-sible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A (the highest),B, and C, representing the tire’s resistanceto the generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under control-led conditions on a specified indoor lab-oratory test wheel. Sustained high temper-ature can cause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to suddentire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passengercar tiresmust meet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.

Rotating tires

G WARNING

Do not rotate front and rear wheels as theyhave different dimensions, e.g. rim size,wheel offset etc. Otherwise, the handlingcan be affected and you could endangeryourself and others.

Thoroughly clean the mounting face of thewheels and brake discs, i.e. the inner sideof the wheels/tires each time the wheels/tires are changed. Check for and ensureproper tire inflation pressure.

G WARNING

Have the tightening torque checked afterchanging a wheel. Wheels could becomeloose if not tightened with a torque of81 lb‑ft (110 Nm).

Only use genuine smart wheel bolts speci-fied for your vehicle’s rims.

For information on wheel change, see “Flattire” (Y page 186).

Tire labeling

Besides tire name (sales designation) andmanufacturer name, a number of markingscan be found on a tire.

Following are some explanations for themarkings on your vehicle’s tires:

: Uniform Quality Grading Standards(Y page 135)

; DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)(Y page 139)

= Maximum tire load (Y page 133)

? Maximum tire inflation pressure(Y page 130)


Operation.

A Manufacturer

B Tire ply material (Y page 140)

C Tire size designation, load and speedrating (Y page 137)

D Load identification (Y page 139)

E Tire name


For more information, see “Rims andtires” (Y page 216).

Tire size designation, load and speedrating

: Tire width

; Aspect ratio in %

= Radial tire code

? Rim diameter

A Tire load rating

B Tire speed rating

i For information purposes only. Actualdata on tires are specific to each vehicleand may vary from data shown in aboveillustration.

General:Depending on the design standards used,the tire size molded into the sidewall mayhave no letter or a letter preceding the tiresize designation.

No letter preceding the size designation(as illustrated above): Passenger car tirebased on European design standards.

Letter “P” preceding the size designation:Passenger car tire based on U.S. designstandards.

Letter “LT” preceding the size designa-tion: Light Truck tire based on U.S. designstandards.

Letter “T” preceding the size designation:Temporary spare tires which are high pres-sure compact spares designed for tempo-rary emergency use only.

Tire width

Tire width: indicates the nominal tirewidth in mm.

Aspect ratio

Aspect ratio; is the dimensional rela-tionship between tire section height andsection width and is expressed as a per-centage. The aspect ratio is arrived at bydividing section height by section width.

Tire code

Tire code= indicates the tire construc-tion type. The “R” stands for radial tiretype. Letter “D” means diagonal or bias plyconstruction; letter “B” means belted-biasply construction.

At the tire manufacturer’s option, any tirewith a speed capability above 149 mph(240 km/h) can include a “ZR” in the sizedesignation (for example: 245/40 ZR 18).

For additional information, see “Tirespeed rating” (Y page 138).

Rim diameter

Rim diameter? is the diameter of thebead seat, not the diameter of the rim edge.Rim diameter is indicated in inches (in).

Tire load rating

G WARNING

The tire load rating must always be at leasthalf of the GAWR of your vehicle. Otherwise,


>>Operation.

Z

tire failure may result and cause an acci-dent and/or serious personal injury to youor others.

Always replace rims and tires with the samedesignation, manufacturer and type asshown on the original part.

G WARNING


Tire load ratingA is a numerical codeassociated with the maximum load a tirecan support.

For example, a load rating of 91 corre-sponds to a maximum load of 1 356 lbs(615 kg) the tire is designed to support.

See also “Maximum tire load” (Y page 133)where the maximum load associated withthe load index is indicated in kilogramsand lbs.

For additional information on tire loadrating, see “Load identification”(Y page 139).

Tire speed rating

G WARNING

Even when permitted by law, never operatea vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi-mum speed rating of the tires.

Exceeding the maximum speed for whichtires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail-ure, causing loss of vehicle control andpossibly resulting in an accident and/orpersonal injury and possible death, for youand for others.

Regardless of the tire speed rating, localspeed limits should be obeyed. Use prudentdriving speeds appropriate to prevailingconditions.

Tire speed ratingB indicates theapproved maximum speed for the tire.

Summer tires

Index Speed rating

Q up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

R up to 106 mph (170 km/h)

S up to 112 mph (180 km/h)

T up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

W up to 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y up to 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...Y above 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR...(Y) above 186 mph (300 km/h)

ZR above 149 mph (240 km/h)

RAt the tire manufacturer’s option, anytire with a speed capability above149 mph (240 km/h) can include a “ZR” inthe size designation (for example:245/40 ZR18). To determine the maximumspeed capability of the tire, the servicedescription for the tire must be referredto.

The service description is comprised oftire load ratingA and tire speed ratingB.

If your tire includes “ZR” in the sizedesignation and no service descriptionis given, the tire manufacturer must beconsulted for the maximum speed capa-bility.

If a service description is given, thespeed capability is limited by the speedsymbol in the service description.Example: 245/40 ZR18 97Y.

In this example, “97Y” is the servicedescription. The letter “Y” designatesthe speed rating and the speed capabil-


Operation.

ity of the tire is limited to 186 mph(300 km/h).RAny tire with a speed capability above186 mph (300 km/h) must include a “ZR” inthe size designation AND the servicedescription must be placed in parenthe-sis. Example: 275/40 ZR 18 (99Y). The “(Y)”speed rating in parenthesis designatesthe maximum speed capability of the tireas being above 186 mph (300 km/h). Con-sult the tire manufacturer for the actualmaximum permissible speed of the tire.

All-season and winter tires

Index Speed rating

Q M+S 15 up to 100 mph (160 km/h)

T M+S 15 up to 118 mph (190 km/h)

H M+S 15 up to 130 mph (210 km/h)

V M+S 15 up to 149 mph (240 km/h)

i Not all M+S rated tires provide specialwinter performance. Make sure the tiresyou use show M+S and the mountain/snow-flake markingi on the tire sidewall.These tires meet specific snow tractionperformance requirements of the RubberManufacturers Association (RMA) and theRubber Association of Canada (RAC) andhave been designed specifically for usein snow conditions.

Load identification


In addition to the tire load rating, specialload identification: may be molded intothe tire sidewall following the letter des-ignating the tire speed ratingB(Y page 138).

No specification given: absence of any text(like in above example) indicates a stand-ard load (SL) tire.

XL or Extra Load: designates an extra load(or reinforced) tire.

Light Load: designates a light load tire.

C, D, E: designates load range associatedwith the maximum load a tire can carry at aspecified pressure.

DOT, Tire Identification Number (TIN)

U.S. tire regulations require each new tiremanufacturer or tire retreader to mold aTIN into or onto a sidewall of each tireproduced.

15 or M+Si for winter tires.


>>Operation.

Z

The TIN is a unique identifier which facil-itates efforts by tire manufactures tonotify purchasers in recall situations orother safety matters concerning tires andgives purchasers the means to easily iden-tify such tires.

The TIN is comprised of “Manufacturer’sidentification mark”;, “Tire size”=,“Tire type code”?, and “Date of manufac-ture”A.


DOT (Department of Transportation)

Tire branding symbol: which denotes thetiremeets requirements of theU.S. Depart-ment of Transportation.

Manufacturer’s identification mark

Manufacturer’s identification mark;denotes the tire manufacturer.

New tires have a mark with two symbols.

Retreaded tires have a mark with four sym-bols. For more information on retreadedtires (Y page 124).

Tire size

Code= indicates the tire size.

Tire type code

Tire type code? may, at the option of themanufacturer, be used as a descriptivecode for identifying significant charac-teristics of the tire.

Date of manufacture

Date of manufactureA identifies the weekand year of manufacture.

The first two figures identify the week,starting with “01” to represent the firstfull week of the calendar year. The secondtwo figures represent the year.

For example, “3202” represents the 32ndweek of 2002.

Tire ply material


This marking tells you about the type ofcord and number of plies in the side-wall: and under the tread;.

Tire and loading terminology

Accessory weight

The combined weight (in excess of thosestandard items which may be replaced) ofautomatic transmission, power steering,power brakes, power windows, power seats,


Operation.

radio, and heater, to the extent that theseitems are available as factory-installedequipment (whether installed or not).

Air pressure

The amount of air inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of the tire. Airpressure is expressed in pounds per squareinch (psi), or kilopascal (kPa) or bars.

Aspect ratio

Dimensional relationship between tiresection height and section width expressedin percentage.

Bar

Another metric unit for air pressure. Thereare 14.5038 pounds per square inch (psi) to1 bar; there are 100 kilopascals (kPa) to1 bar.

Bead

The tire bead contains steel wires wrappedby steel cords that hold the tire onto therim.

Cold tire inflation pressure

Tire inflation pressure when your vehiclehas been sitting for at least 3 hours ordriven no more than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Curb weight

The weight of a motor vehicle with standardequipment including the maximum capa-city of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if soequipped, air conditioning and additionaloptional equipment, but without passen-gers and cargo.

DOT (Department of Transportation)

A tire branding symbol which denotes thetiremeets requirements of theU.S. Depart-ment of Transportation.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

The GAWR is the maximum permissible axleweight. The gross vehicle weight on eachaxle must never exceed the GAWR for thefront and rear axle indicated on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor B‑pillar.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)

The GVW comprises the weight of the vehi-cle including fuel, tools, installed acces-sories, passengers and cargo. The GVWmustnever exceed the GVWR indicated on thecertification label located on the driver’sdoor B‑pillar.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum permissible vehicleweight of the fully loaded vehicle (weightof the vehicle including all options, pas-sengers, fuel, and cargo. It is indicated oncertification label located on the driver’sdoor B‑pillar.

Kilopascal (kPa)

The metric unit for air pressure. There are6.9 kPa to 1 psi; another metric unit for airpressure is bars. There are 100 kilopas-cals (kPa) to 1 bar.

Maximum load rating

The maximum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire.

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

The sum of curb weight, accessory weight,total load limit and production optionsweight.

Maximum permissible tire inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should ever be put in the tire.


>>Operation.

Z

Normal occupant weight

The number of occupants the vehicle isdesigned to seat, multiplied by 68 kilo-grams (150 lbs).

Occupant distribution

The distribution of occupants in a vehicleat their designated seating positions.

Production options weight

The combined weight of those installedregular production options weighing over5 lbs (2.3 kilograms) in excess of thosestandard items which they replace, notpreviously considered in curb weight oraccessory weight, including heavy dutybrakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy dutybattery, and special trim.

PSI (Pounds per square inch)

A standard unit of measure for air pres-sure.

Recommended tire inflation pressure

The recommended tire inflation pressurefor normal driving conditions is listed onthe Tire and Loading Information placardlocated on driver’s door B‑pillar and pro-vides best handling, tread life and ridingcomfort.

Rim

A metal support for a tire or a tire and tubeassembly upon which the tire beads areseated.

Sidewall

The portion of a tire between the tread andthe bead.

TIN (Tire Identification Number)

Unique identifier which facilitatesefforts by tire manufacturers to notifypurchasers in recall situations or othersafety matters concerning tires and givespurchasers the means to easily identifysuch tires. The TIN is comprised of “Man-ufacturer’s identification mark”, “Tiresize”, “Tire type code” and “Date of manu-facture”.

Tire load rating

Numerical code associated with the maxi-mum load a tire can support.

Tire ply composition and material used

This indicates the number of plies or thenumber of layers of rubber-coated fabricin the tire tread and sidewall. Tire manu-facturers also must indicate the ply mate-rials in the tire and sidewall, whichinclude steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

Tire speed rating

Part of tire designation; indicates thespeed range for which a tire is approved.

Total load limit

Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilo-grams (150 lbs) times the vehicle’s desig-nated seating capacity.

Traction

Force exerted by the vehicle on the road viathe tires. The amount of grip provided.

Tread

The portion of a tire that comes into con-tact with the road.


Operation.

Treadwear indicators

Narrow bands, sometimes called “wearbars” that show across the tread of a tirewhen only 1/16 in (1.6 mm) of tread remains.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards

A tire information system that providesconsumers with ratings for a tire’s trac-tion, temperature and treadwear. Ratingsare determined by tire manufacturersusing U.S. government testing procedures.The ratings are molded into the sidewall ofthe tire.

Vehicle maximum load on the tire

Load on an individual tire that is deter-mined by distributing to each axle itsshare of the maximum loaded vehicleweight and dividing it by two.

Winter driving

Before the onset of winter, have your vehi-cle winterized at an authorized smartcenter.

This service includes:

RCheck of anticorrosion and antifreezeconcentration.RAddition of washer concentrate to thewater of the windshield/rear window.

Use a windshield washer concentratelabeled for winter which is formulatedfor temperatures below freezing point(Y page 222).RBattery test. Battery capacity drops withdecreasing ambient temperature. A wellcharged battery helps to make sure theengine can be started, even at low ambi-ent temperatures.RTire change.

Winter tires

G WARNING

Winter tires with a tread depth of lessthan 1/6 in (4 mm) must be replaced. They

are no longer suitable for winter opera-tion.

Always use winter tires at temperaturesbelow 45¦ (7¥) and whenever wintry roadconditions prevail. Not all M+S rated tiresprovide special winter performance. Makesure the tires you use show the mountain/snowflake markingi on the tire side-wall. These tires meet specific snow trac-tion performance requirements of the Rub-ber Manufacturers Association (RMA) andthe Rubber Association of Canada (RAC) andhave been designed specifically for use insnow conditions. Use of winter tires is theonly way to achieve the maximum effective-ness of the ABS and ESP® in winter opera-tion.

For safe handling, make sure all mountedwinter tires are of the same make and havethe same tread design.

For information on winter tires for yourvehicle model, see the "Technical data"section (Y page 216).

Always observe the speed rating of the win-ter tires installed on your vehicle. If themaximum speed for which your tires arerated is below the speed rating of yourvehicle, you must place a notice to thiseffect where it will be seen by the driver.Such notices are available at your tiredealer or any authorized smart center.

Snow chains*

! Remember that snow chains must alwaysbe compatible with the tire sizes of avehicle. Snow chains that are approvedby smart are only permitted for the fol-lowing tire size:175/55 R15 on the rear axle.

Winter driving 143

>>Operation.

* optional Z

For safety reasons, smart recommendsthat you only use snow chains that havebeen approved by smart.

Information on this is available from anysmart center.

Please refer to the separate operatinginstructions for detailed information onmounting the snow chains.

Snow chains should only be driven onsnow-covered roads at speeds not toexceed 30 mph (50 km/h). Remove chainsas soon as possible when driving on roadswithout snow.

Please observe the following guidelineswhen using snow chains:

RUsing snow chains is not permissiblewith all wheel/tire combinations(Y page 216).RUse snow chains in pairs and on rearwheels only. Follow the manufacturer’smounting instructions.RUse of snow chains may be prohibiteddepending on location. Always checklocal and state laws before mountingsnow chains.

G WARNING

When mounting or removing snow chains,always park your vehicle on level ground,engage the parking brake, and turn off theengine. The vehicle could otherwise moveand injure yourself or other road users.

G WARNING

When mounting and removing snow chains,ensure that you and your vehicle are at asafe distance from moving traffic. Notdoing so could endanger other road users oreven lead to you being injured by the vehi-cles behind you.

G WARNING

The vehicle’s handling changes when driv-ing with snow chains on any kind of roadsurface. This means that you should always

adapt your driving style to suit the currentroad and weather conditions.

! If snow chains that do not meet require-ments are mounted, they may scrapeagainst the body or axle components whenthe vehicle is in motion. This couldresult in damage to the rim/tire or vehi-cle.

Driving instructions

Drinking and driving

G WARNING

Do not drink alcohol or take drugs and driveor allow anyone to drive who has beendrinking alcohol or taking drugs. Even asmall amount of alcohol or drugs can affectyour reflexes, perceptions and judgment.

The possibility of a serious or even fatalaccident are greatly increased when youdrink or take drugs and drive.

Pedals

G WARNING



Power assistance

G WARNING

With the engine not running, there is nopower assistance for the brake and steer-ing* systems. In this case, it is important

144 Driving instructions>>

Operation.

* optional

to keep in mind that a considerably higherdegree of effort is necessary to brake andsteer the vehicle. Adapt your drivingaccordingly.

Brakes

G WARNING

Make sure not to endanger any other roadusers when carrying out braking maneu-vers.

Refer to the description of the hydraulicbrake assistant (Y page 47).

! Because the ESP® operates automati-cally, the engine must be turned off(ignition switched off) when the parkingbrake is being tested on a brake testdynamometer. Active braking actionthrough the ESP®may otherwise seriouslydamage the brake system which is notcovered by the smart Limited Warranty.

Brake pad wear or a leak in the brake systemmay be the reason for low brake fluid levelin the brake fluid reservoir.

The brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir may be too low if the brake warn-ing lamp in the instrument cluster comeson (Y page 21) although the parking brakeis released.

Have the brake system inspected immedi-ately. Contact an authorized smart center.

All checks and service work on the brakesystem should be carried out by qualifiedtechnicians only. Contact an authorizedsmart center.

Only install brake pads and use brake fluidrecommended by smart.

Inclines

! When driving down long and steepgrades, relieve the load on the brakes byshifting into a lower gear to use theengine’s braking power. This helps pre-

vent overheating of the brakes andreduces brake pad wear.

When using the engine’s braking power, adrive wheel may not spin for an extendedperiod of time, e.g. on slippery roadsurfaces. This may cause serious damageto the drivetrain which is not coveredby the smart Limited Warranty.

High and low stresses

G WARNING

Resting your foot on the brake pedal willcause excessive and premature wear of thebrake pads.

It can also result in the brakes overheat-ing, thereby significantly reducing theireffectiveness and your ability to stop thevehicle in sufficient time to avoid an acci-dent.

After hard braking, it is advisable to driveon for some time, rather than immediatelypark, so that the air stream will cool downthe brakes faster.

If your brake system is normally only sub-jected to moderate loads, you should occa-sionally test the effectiveness of thebrakes by applying above-normal brakingpressure at higher speeds. This will alsoenhance the grip of the brake pads.

G WARNING

Make sure not to endanger any other roadusers when carrying out these brakingmaneuvers.

Wet road surface

G WARNING

After driving in heavy rain for some timewithout applying the brakes or throughwater deep enough to wet brake components,the first braking action may be somewhatreduced and increased pedal pressure maybe necessary to obtain expected braking

Driving instructions 145

>>Operation.

Z

effect. Maintain a safe distance from vehi-cles in front.

To help prevent brake disc corrosion afterdriving on wet road surfaces (particularlysalted roads), it is advisable to brake thevehicle with considerable force prior toparking. The heat generated serves to drythe brakes.

G WARNING


Limited braking effect on salted roads

Remember that the effect of the brakes canbe limited on salted road surfaces. A layerof salt can form on brake discs and brakepads, considerably reducing the frictionbetween the brake disc and the brake pad.The effect is most noticeable after longtrips without braking, e.g. on the highway,and after the vehicle has been parked forseveral hours.

G WARNING

The accumulation of salt on brake discs andbrake pads reduces braking effectivenessand increases the distance necessary tocome to a complete standstill. This couldpotentially cause an accident and/or per-sonal injury.

To avoid this risk, you should

Rbrake carefully every now and then onsalted roads in order to remove any layerof salt on the brake disc and brake pad,but do so without endangering any otherroad users

Rkeep a good safe distance from the vehi-cle in front and drive carefully

Rpress the brake carefully at the end of thetrip and again when beginning the nexttrip in order to remove any salt residuesfrom the brake disc

New brake pads

Only install brake pads recommended bysmart.

G WARNING

If other than recommended brake pads areinstalled, or other than recommended brakefluid is used, the braking properties of thevehicle can be degraded to an extent thatsafe braking is substantially impaired.This could result in an accident.

G WARNING

New brake pads will not achieve their opti-mal braking effect until after several hun-dred miles (kilometers). This means thatyou must compensate for the reduced brak-ing effect by pressing harder on the brakepedal and adapt your driving style accord-ingly. The same applies after brake pads orbrake discs have been changed.

Drive sensibly - save fuel

Fuel consumption, to a great extent,depends on driving habits and operatingconditions.

To save fuel you should:

RShift gears in a timely manner.RAvoid frequent acceleration and decel-eration.RKeep tires at the recommended inflationpressures.RRemove carriers* when not in use.RRemove unnecessary loads.RAllow engine to warm up under low loaduse.RHave all maintenance work performed atthe intervals specified in the Mainte-nance Booklet and as required by theMaintenance System. Contact an author-ized smart center.

Fuel consumption is also increased bydriving in cold weather, in stop-and-gotraffic, on short trips, and in hilly areas.


Operation.

* optional

Catalytic converter

Your smart is equipped with monolithic-type catalytic converter, an important ele-ment in conjunction with the oxygen sen-sors to achieve substantial control of thepollutants in the exhaust emissions. Keepyour vehicle in proper operating condi-tion by following our recommended main-tenance instructions as outlined in yourMaintenance Booklet.

G WARNING

The catalytic converter can become veryhot. Coming into contact with the catalyticconverter could result in burns.

Note the following:

RDo not remove the protective heat guards.

RDo not apply any underseal.

RAs with any vehicle, do not idle, park, oroperate this vehicle in areas where com-bustible materials such as grass, hay, orleaves can come into contact with the hotexhaust system, as these materials couldbe ignited and cause a vehicle fire.

! To prevent damage to the catalytic con-verter, only use premium unleaded gas-oline in this vehicle.

Any noticeable irregularities in engineoperation should be repaired promptly.Otherwise, excessive unburned fuel mayreach the catalytic converter, causing itto overheat and potentially start a fire.

It is essential to observe the followingpoints, as there is otherwise a danger ofoverheating and the catalytic convertermay be damaged.

RFill up only with premium unleaded gas-oline. Even small quantities of leadedgasoline can damage the catalytic con-verter.RMake sure you adhere to the prescribedservice intervals.RNever run the fuel tank empty.

RIf the engine starts to misfire, bring thevehicle to an immediate standstill with-out endangering traffic.RIf the engine fails to start the first time,you should not try to start it any morethan three times in succession.RDo not try to start for more than four sec-onds at a time.

Tires

G WARNING

If you feel a sudden significant vibrationor ride disturbance, or you suspect thatpossible damage to your vehicle has occur-red, you should turn on the hazard warningflashers, carefully slow down, and drivewith caution to an area which is a safe dis-tance from the road.

Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbodyfor possible damage. If the vehicle or tiresappear unsafe, have the vehicle towed to thenearest smart center or tire dealer forrepairs.

Treadwear indicators (TWI) are required bylaw. These indicators are located in sixplaces on the tread circumference andbecome visible at a tread depth of approx-imately 1/16 in (1.6 mm), at which point thetire is considered worn and should bereplaced.

The treadwear indicator appears as a solidband across the tread.

G WARNING

Although the applicable federal motorvehicle safety laws consider a tire to beworn when the treadwear indicators (TWI)become visible at approximately 1/16 in

(1.6 mm), we recommend that you do not allowyour tires to wear down to that level. Astread depth approaches 1/8 in (3 mm), the

adhesion properties on a wet road aresharply reduced.


>>Operation.

Z

Depending upon the weather and/or roadsurface (conditions), the tire traction var-ies widely.

Specified tire inflation pressures must bemaintained. This applies particularly ifthe tires are subject to high loads (e.g.high speeds, heavy loads, high ambienttemperatures).

G WARNING

Do not drive with a flat tire. A flat tire willaffect your ability to steer or brake andmaycause you to lose control of the vehicle.Continued driving with a flat tire or driv-ing at high speed with a flat tire will causeexcessive heat build-up and possibly afire.

For more information, see “Tires andwheels” (Y page 124).

Hydroplaning

Depending on the depth of the water layeron the road, hydroplaning may occurresulting in a loss of control, even at lowspeeds and with new tires. Reduce vehiclespeed, avoid track grooves in the road andapply brakes cautiously when it is raining.

Tire traction

The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or icyroad is always lower than on a dry road.

You should pay particular attention to thecondition of the road whenever the outsidetemperatures are close to the freezingpoint.

G WARNING

If ice has formed on the road, tire tractionwill be substantially reduced. Under suchweather conditions, drive, steer and brakewith extreme caution.

smart recommends winter tires(Y page 143) with a minimum tread depth of

approximately 1/6 in (4 mm) on all fourwheels for the winter season to ensure nor-mal balanced handling characteristics. Onpacked snow, they can reduce your stoppingdistance compared to summer tires.

Stopping distance, however, is still con-siderably greater than when the road is notcovered with snow or ice. Exercise appro-priate caution.

! Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for anextended period when driving off onslippery road surfaces. Otherwise, thedrivetrain could be damaged, which isnot covered by the smart Limited War-ranty.

Tire speed rating

Regardless of the tire speed rating, localspeed limits should be obeyed. Use prudentdriving speeds appropriate to prevailingconditions.

G WARNING

Even when permitted by law, never operatea vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi-mum speed rating of the tires.

Exceeding the maximum speed for whichtires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail-ure, causing loss of vehicle control andpossibly resulting in an accident and/orpersonal injury and possible death, for youand for others.

An electronic speed limiter prevents yourvehicle from exceeding a speed of 90 mph(145 km/h).

The factory equipped tires on your vehiclemay have a tire speed rating above the max-imum speed permitted by the electronicspeed limiter.

Make sure your tires have the required tirespeed rating as specified for your vehiclein the “Technical data section”(Y page 216), for example when purchasingnew tires.


Operation.

For information on how to identify the tirespeed rating on a tire’s sidewall, see “Tiresize designation, load and speed rating”(Y page 137).

If you are uncertain about the correct read-ing of the information given on a tire’ssidewall, any authorized smart center willbe glad to assist you.

i For information on speed ratings forwinter tires, see “All-season and wintertires” (Y page 138).

Winter driving instructions

The most important rule for slippery or icyroads is to drive sensibly and to avoidabrupt acceleration, braking and steeringmaneuvers.

When the vehicle is in danger of skidding,move gear selector lever to neutral posi-tion N. Try to keep the vehicle undercontrol by corrective steering action.

For information on driving with snowchains*, see “Snow chains*” (Y page 143).

G WARNING


Road salts and chemicals can adverselyaffect braking efficiency. Increased pedalforce may become necessary to produce thenormal braking effect.

Depressing the brake pedal periodicallywhen traveling at length on salt-strewnroads can bring road-salt-impaired brak-ing efficiency back to normal.

If the vehicle is parked after being drivenon salt-treated roads, the braking effi-ciency should be tested as soon as possibleafter driving is resumed.

G WARNING


G WARNING

If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow, makesure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipeand from around the vehicle with the enginerunning. Otherwise, deadly carbon monox-ide (CO) gases may enter vehicle interiorresulting in unconsciousness and death.

To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation,open a window slightly on the side of thevehicle not facing the wind.

G WARNING

The outside temperature display is notdesigned to serve as an ice-warning deviceand is therefore unsuitable for that pur-pose. Indicated temperatures just abovethe freezing point do not guarantee that theroad surface is free of ice.

Formore information, see “Winter driving”(Y page 143).

Standing water

! Do not drive through flooded areas orwater of unknown depth. Before drivingthrough water, determine its depth.Never accelerate before driving intowater. The bow wave could force waterinto the engine and auxiliary equip-ment, thus damaging them.

If you must drive through standing water,drive slowly to prevent water from entering

Rthe front compartmentRthe engine compartmentRthe passenger compartment

Water in these areas could cause damage toelectrical components or wiring of theengine or transmission, or could result inwater being ingested by the engine through


>>Operation.

* optional Z

the air intake, causing severe internalengine damage.

Any such damage is not covered by the smartLimited Warranty.

Passenger compartment

G WARNING

Always fasten items being carried assecurely as possible.

In an accident, during hard braking or sud-den maneuvers, loose items thrown aroundinside the vehicle may injure vehicleoccupants.

The cargo compartment is the preferredplace to carry objects.

Control and operation of radio trans-mitters

Radio and telephone

G WARNING

Please do not forget that your primaryresponsibility is to drive the vehiclesafely. Only operate the radio or tele-phone 16 if road, weather and traffic con-ditions permit.

Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph(approximately 50 km/h), your vehicle iscovering a distance of 44 feet (approx-imately 14 m) every second.

Telephones and two-way radios

G WARNING

Never operate radio transmitters equippedwith a built-in or attached antenna (i.e.without being connected to an externalantenna) from inside the vehicle while theengine is running. Doing so could lead to amalfunction of the vehicle’s electronicsystem, possibly resulting in an accidentand/or serious personal injury.

Radio transmitters, such as a mobile phoneor a citizens band unit should only be usedinside the vehicle if they are connected toan antenna that is installed on the outsideof the vehicle.

Refer to the radio transmitter operationinstructions regarding use of an externalantenna.

Emission control

Certain engine systems serve to keep thetoxic components of the exhaust gaseswithin permissible legal limits.

These systems, of course, will functionproperly only when maintained strictlyaccording to factory specifications.

Any adjustments to the engine shouldtherefore be carried out only by qualifiedsmart center authorized technicians.

Engine adjustments should not be alteredin any way. Moreover, the specified servicejobs must be carried out regularly accord-ing to smart servicing requirements. Fordetails refer to the Maintenance Booklet.

G WARNING

Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous toyour health. All exhaust gas contains car-bon monoxide (CO), and inhaling it cancause unconsciousness and lead to death.

Do not run the engine in confined areas(such as a garage) which are not properlyventilated. If you think that exhaust gasfumes are entering the vehicle while driv-ing, have the cause determined and cor-rected immediately. If you must driveunder these conditions, drive only with atleast one window fully open at all times.

Coolant temperature

During severe operating conditions andstop-and-go city traffic, the coolant tem-perature may rise.

16 Observe all legal requirements.


Operation.

! Excessive coolant temperature causesthe red coolant temperature warninglamp? in the instrument cluster tocome on.

The engine should not be operated withthe red coolant temperature warninglamp? illuminated. Doing so maycause serious engine damage which isnot covered by the smart Limited War-ranty.

For more information on coolant tempera-ture warning lamp (Y page 170).

G WARNING

Driving when your engine is overheated cancause some fluids which may have leakedinto the engine compartment to catch fire.You could be seriously burned.

Steam from an overheated engine can causeserious burns which can occur just by open-ing the engine hood. Stay away from theengine if you see or hear steam coming fromit.

Stop the vehicle in a safe location awayfrom other traffic. Turn off the engine, getout of the vehicle and do not stand near thevehicle until the engine has cooled down.

Driving abroad

Abroad, there is an extensive smart servicenetwork at your disposal. If you plan todrive into areas which are not listed in theindex of your smart center directory, youshould request pertinent information froman authorized smart center.

Symmetrical low beams

i If you drive in countries where vehi-cles drive on the other side of the roadthan the country in which the vehicle isregistered, you must have the headlampsmodified for symmetrical low beams.

Relevant information can be obtained atany authorized smart center.

Vehicle care

Care tips

Regular and proper care will help to main-tain the value of your vehicle. The best wayto protect your vehicle from harmful envi-ronmental influences is to wash it and useprotective treatments regularly.

smart recommends that you care for thepaintwork at least twice a year (e.g. in thespring and autumn).

G WARNING

Many cleaning products can be hazardous.Some are poisonous, others are flammable.Always follow the instructions on the par-ticular container. Always open your vehi-cle’s doors or windows when cleaning theinside.

Never use fluids or solvents that are notdesigned for cleaning your vehicle.

Always lock away cleaning products andkeep them out of reach of children.

! Follow the care tips. Wash your vehiclepreferably by hand.

While in operation or even while parked,your vehicle is subjected to varying exter-nal influences, which left unchecked canattack the paint as well as the vehicleunderbody and lead to permanent damage.

Such damage is caused not only by extremeand varying climatic conditions, but alsoby:

RAir pollutionRRoad saltRTarRGravel and stone chipping

Vehicle care 151

>>Operation.

Z

To avoid paint damage, you should imme-diately remove:

RInsectsRBird droppingsRTree sap, etc.RGrease and oilRBrake fluidRCoolantRFuelRTar spots

! Failure to remove such dirt immedi-ately can cause damage to the paint or thesoft top fabric*. Environmental influen-ces are not covered by the smart LimitedWarranty.

Frequent washing reduces and/or elimi-nates the aggressiveness and potency of theabove adverse influences.

More frequent washings are necessary todeal with unfavorable conditions:

Rnear the oceanRin industrial areas (smoke, exhaustemissions)Rduring winter operation

You should check your vehicle from time totime for stone chipping or other damage.Any damage should be repaired as soon aspossible to prevent corrosion.

In doing so, do not neglect the underbodyof the vehicle. A prerequisite for a thor-ough check is a washing of the underbodyfollowed by a thorough inspection. Dam-aged areas need to be re-undercoated.

Your vehicle has been treated at the factorywith a wax-base rustproofing in the bodycavities which will last for the lifetime ofthe vehicle. Post-production treatment isneither necessary nor recommended bysmart because of the possibility of incom-patibility between materials used in theproduction process and others appliedlater.

We have selected vehicle-care productsand compiled recommendations which arespecially matched to our vehicles andwhich always reflect the latest technology.You can obtain smart approved vehicle-care products at an authorized smartcenter.

Scratches, corrosive deposits, corrosionor damage due to negligent or incorrectcare cannot always be removed or repairedwith the vehicle-care products recom-mended here. In such cases it is best to seekaid at an authorized smart center.

The following topics deal with the cleaningand care of your vehicle and give important“how-to” information as well as referencesto smart approved vehicle-care products.

Vehicle care

Contact an authorized smart center for rec-ommended and approved care products.

i Advice on caring for the soft top sys-tem, see (Y page 155).

G WARNING

After washing the vehicle, the brakes maystill be wet and thus their functionalityimpaired. Therefore, when you start off,brake lightly several times without endan-gering traffic.

152 Vehicle care>>

Operation.

* optional

Selecting the right cleaning agent

! To avoid damage to interior equipment and materials: Never rub roughly or usecleaning spirits on the cloth upholstery, never use strong agents, stain remover etc.on the leather upholstery. Never scour or use solvent on plastic parts. Never use strongand aggressive agents on windows, do not touch the inside of the windows with hardobjects such as an ice scraper or ring, doing so may damage the windows.

Interior Special considera-tions

Light soiling Heavy soiling

Cloth upholstery Use a clean, lint-free cloth

Light soap suds Stain remover (teston an inconspicuousplace first)

Plastic parts Use a color-fastcloth

Damp, clean cloth,cockpit spray

Damp, clean cloth,cockpit spray

Leather upholstery Use a clean, color-fast cloth

Clean cloth withlukewarm water,leather care prod-uct

Leather care prod-uct

Windows Damp, clean cloth,microfiber cloth,glass cleaner

Microfiber cloth,glass cleaner

! To avoid damage to exterior surfaces never do the following: Use aggressive paintcleaner, machine polish, abrasive cleanser, acidic, highly alkaline agents, abrasivesponges, high-pressure or hot water cleaning equipment.

Exterior Special considera-tions

Lightly soiled

Hand-/Automaticcar washes

Heavily soiled


tridion safety cell,black

Powder coated sin-gle-coat paint fin-ish

Car shampoo con-centrate, insectremover for insectremains, polish

Car shampoo con-centrate, hard wax,insect remover forinsect remains,polishtridion safety cell,

silverPowder coated sin-gle-coat paint fin-ish and clearcoat

Highly polishedplastic parts (bodypanels)

Body panels withbase coat and clear-coat or clearcoatonly

Vehicle care 153

>>Operation.

Z

Exterior Special considera-tions

Lightly soiled


Heavily soiled


Wheels and wheelcovers

Two-layer metallicpaint (high-gloss)

Car shampoo con-centrate, rim care

Car shampoo con-centrate, rim care

Retractable soft top PAC fabric Car shampoo con-centrate, soft topcleaner, impregna-tion spray

Car shampoo con-centrate, soft topcleaner, impregna-tion spray

Removing insects

Remove insect remains before you start towash the vehicle.

X Spray insect remover on.X Allow insect remover to work in briefly.X Rub in gently with a soft cloth or sponge.X Rinse with plenty of water.X Treat the cleaned surface with hard wax.

Removing tar

Remove any tar marks before washing thevehicle.

X Apply tar remover with a soft cloth.X Allow tar remover to work in briefly.X Rub in gently.X Rinse with plenty of water.X Treat the cleaned surface with hard wax.

Vehicle washing

In the winter, thoroughly remove all tracesof road salt as soon as possible.

When washing the vehicle underbody, do notforget to clean the inner sides of thewheels.

Washing your vehicle by handX Wash the vehicle using car shampoo con-centrate and a sponge.

X Rinse with clean water.X Towel dry the vehicle.

! Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light. The body panel surfaces and paintfinish may be damaged.

Washing your vehicle in an automatic carwash

i When running your vehicle through anautomatic car wash, water droplets canrun down the inside of the side windows.

Unscrew your vehicle’s antenna beforedriving into an automatic car wash.

X Removing: Unscrew antenna: counter-clockwise.

X Fitting: Screw antenna: in clockwise.

Power washer

G WARNING

Do not use a round nozzle (dirt grinders) topowerwash your vehicle, in particular thetires. You could otherwise damage the tiresand cause an accident.

154 Vehicle care>>

Operation.

! Do not aim directly at

Relectrical partsRelectrical connectorsRsealsRother rubber parts

The distance should be at least 3.9 in(10 cm) and the water temperature mustnot exceed 140¦ (60¥). Follow theinstructions provided by the powerwasher manufacturer on maintaining adistance between the vehicle and thenozzle of the power washer.

Always keep the jet of water movingacross the surface.

Wheel cover*

X Wash the wheel cover with shampoo and asoft brush or in the car wash.

Decorative foils

! Decorative foils are permanentlyadhered to the painted parts of the vehi-cle and cannot be removed.

! Do not expose the foils to solvents, gas-oline or diesel.

i When cleaningwith a power washer, notethe following guideline values:

RWater temperature max. 176¦ (80¥)RMinimum distance 11.8 in (30 cm)RJet of water strike at a right angle

Paintwork care

The frequency with which you care for yourpaintwork is dependent on

Rhow much the vehicle is usedRwhere you normally park the vehicle (e.g.in a garage or under a tree)Rthe seasonRweather and environmental influences

Rectifying paintwork damage

You can use a touch-up paint pen to repairminimal stone chip damage and scratches.

Recommended touch-up paint pens can beobtained in a smart center.

i For any major paintwork damage, pleasecontact a smart center.

Exterior Repair options

Plastic parts (bodypanels) with clear-coat

Clearcoat touch-uppaint pen

Body panels withbase coat andclearcoat

recommendedtouch-up paint penset in the relevantcolor

tridion safety cell recommendedtouch-up paint penset in the relevantcolor

Soft top system (cabriolet only)

Regular care will protect the retractablesoft top and the rear soft top against exter-nal influences, helping to preserve itsvalue. Use only an approved soft topcleaner when removing dirt from the softtop.

! Never clean the soft top using a powerwasher, as water could get into the insideof the vehicle.

Cleaning the soft top fabric

! Only clean the retractable soft top andthe rear soft top when they are closed.

Dry cleaningX Brush the soft top fabric with a softbrush, always working in the same direc-tion, i.e. from front to back.

Vehicle care 155

>>Operation.

* optional Z

Wet cleaning

smart recommends that you use an approvedcar shampoo concentrate and soft topcleaner.

X “Dry clean” the vehicle first.X Wash the soft top off using a soft brush orsponge and plenty of lukewarm water.

X Then rinse thoroughly with clear water.

i If you have the vehicle cleaned in a carwash, you may find that some water getsinto the interior.

156 Vehicle care>>

Operation.

>>Practicalhints.

Where will I find ... .......................... 158

Display messages ............................. 158

What to do if ... ............................... 162

Unlocking/locking manually ............... 176

Replacing transmitter battery ............ 177

Replacing bulbs ............................... 178

Replacing wiper blades ..................... 184

Flat tire ........................................ 186

Wheel change .................................. 194

Battery .......................................... 196

Jump starting .................................. 199

Towing .......................................... 202

Fuses ............................................ 205

Where will I find ...

Tire repair kit

The tire repair kit is located in thepassenger footwell under the carpet.

X Insert a suitable object such as a coininto the slot of carpet holder:.

X Turn carpet holder: counterclockwise.

X Lift the carpet.

; Tire repair kit

The following is included:

RTire sealant containerRElectric air pump with filler hoseRStickerROperating instructions label (on theinside of the tire repair kit lid)

i The tire sealant container is locatedbelow the tire repair kit.

G WARNING

The tire repair kit is a limited repairdevice. In case of a breakdown caused by aflat tire, read through the section flat tire

carefully. When using the tire repair kitfollow the instructions in this section.Failure to follow these instructions canresult in severe injury or death.

Display messages

The following display messages appear inthe multifunction display (Y page 86).

You can confirm certain display messageson vehicles with control system*.

X Confirming messages: Press the OK but-ton on the control lever briefly(Y page 93).

158 Display messages>>

Practicalhints.

* optional

Vehicles without control system

Display messages Possible causes/consequences andMM Solutions

The electronic immobilizer is not working.

X Have the system checked at an authorized smart center.

There is a malfunction in the shifting system.


The transmission is taught-in (Y page 85).


Vehicles with control system*


?Switch Engine OffSwitch Engine Off

The coolant is too hot.

X Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so.X Turn off the engine immediately.X Engage the parking brake.X Make sure the air supply for the radiator is uninterrupted.X Only start the engine again after the display message dis-appears. You could otherwise damage the engine.

G WARNING

Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked intothe engine compartment to catch fire. You could be seriously burned.

Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by openingthe engine hood. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it.

Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic. Turn off the engine, get out ofthe vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down.

! Among other possible causes, the poly-V-belt could be broken. Do not continue todrive. Otherwise, the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which mayresult in damage to the engine.

Display messages 159

>>Practicalhints.

* optional Z

Display messages Possible causes/consequences and MM Solutions

4Switch Engine OffSwitch Engine Off

The engine oil level is too low. The engine could be damaged.

X Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.X Turn off the engine.X Engage the parking brake.X Check the engine oil level (Y page 118) and add engine oil asrequired (Y page 119).

JRelease ParkingRelease ParkingBrakeBrake

You are driving with the parking brake engaged.

X Release the parking brake.

5ShiftShift toto NN oror PP totoStartStart

You have attempted to start the engine while the automatictransmission was in reverse gear R or drive position D.

Shift the automatic transmission into park position P or neu-tral position N.

5Apply Brakes toApply Brakes toStartStart

You have attempted to start the engine without depressing thebrake pedal.

Depress the brake pedal to start the engine.


#Charge BatteryCharge Battery

The battery is not being charged.

Possible causes:

Ralternator malfunctioningRbroken poly-V-belt

X Stop the vehicle immediately as soon as it is safe to do so.X Turn off the engine immediately.X Engage the parking brake.X Check the poly-V-belt.X If poly-V-belt is broken: Do not continue to drive. Contactan authorized smart center.

X If poly-V-belt is intact: Have the vehicle checked at anauthorized smart center immediately.


160 Display messages>>

Practicalhints.


6Reserve FuelReserve Fuel

The fuel level has dropped below the reserve mark.

X Refuel at the next gas station.

ÖDriver´s Door AjarDriver´s Door Ajar

The driver’s door is open.

X Close the driver’s door.

ØDoor AjarDoor Ajar

The passenger door is open.

X Close the passenger door.

ÕTailgate OpenTailgate Open

A tailgate or the rear soft top17 is open.

X Close the tailgates or the rear soft.


hCheckCheck TireTire PressurePressure

The tire inflation pressure in at least one tire is signifi-cantly below the reference value.

X Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt, avoiding abrupt steer-ing and braking maneuvers.

X Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required(Y page 127).

X If necessary, change the wheel (Y page 194).

G WARNING

Each tire should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure rec-ommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard. If yourvehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly underinflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check yourtires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantlyunderinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.

Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’shandling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, evenif underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the

17 cabriolet only.

Display messages 161

>>Practicalhints.

Z

low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated.

This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunctionexists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of incom-patible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one ormore tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.


ÒDanger: IceDanger: Ice(Canada only)

The outside temperature is below 3¥. The road may be icy.

X Adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weatherconditions.

X Confirming message: Press the OK button on the control leverbriefly (Y page 93).

G WARNING

The display message Danger:Danger: IceIce is not designed as an ice-warning device and is thereforeunsuitable for that purpose.

Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surfaceis free of ice. The road may still be icy, especially in wooded areas or on bridges. Yourvehicle could start to skid if you do not adjust your driving style accordingly.

Therefore, always adjust your driving style to the prevailing road and weather conditions.

What to do if ...

Warning and indicator lamps in theinstrument cluster

General information

If any of the following lamps in the instru-ment cluster fails to come on during thebulb self-check when switching on igni-tion (Y page 57), have the respective bulbchecked and replaced if necessary.

162 What to do if ...>>

Practicalhints.

Brake

Problem Possible causes/consequences and MM Solutions

ò (USA only)! (Canada only)

The ABS indicatorlamp illuminateswhile the engine isrunning.

There is a malfunction in the ABS system.

X Have the ABS system checked at an authorized smart centerimmediately.

ò (USA only)! (Canada only)

The ABS indicatorlamp illuminatestogether with thebrake warning lampwhile the engine isrunning.

The ABS system fails.

X Stop the vehicle immediately in a safe location.X Do not continue to drive.X Turn off the engine.X Engage the parking brake when leaving the vehicle.X Contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized smart center.

G WARNING

When the ABS system is malfunctioning, the wheels may lock during hard braking, reducingsteering capability and extending the braking distance.

When the ABS is switched off due to a malfunction, the ESP® is also switched off. The basicdriving and braking functions are still available.

The risk of your vehicle skidding is then increased in certain situations. You shouldtherefore always adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road and weatherconditions.

What to do if ... 163

>>Practicalhints.

Z


$ (USA only)J (Canada only)

The brake warninglamp illuminateswhile the engine isrunning.

You are driving with the parking brake engaged.

X Release the parking brake.

The brake circuit fails or the brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir is too low.

X Stop the vehicle immediately in a safe location.X Do not continue to drive.X Turn off the engine.X Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem.X Engage the parking brake when leaving the vehicle.X Contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized smart center.

$ (USA only)J (Canada only)

The brake warninglamp illuminatestogether with the ABSindicator lamp whilethe engine is running.

The ABS system has failed.


G WARNING

Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident. Have your brakesystem checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on.

Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system.

! If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimummark or below, have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks imme-diately. Contact an authorized smart center immediately. Do not add brake fluid as thiswill not solve the problem.


Practicalhints.

Safety systems


7 The seat belttelltale illu-minates con-stantly for amaximum of6 seconds afterstarting theengine.

Regardless of whether the seat belt is fastened or not, the seatbelt telltale always comes on and remains lit for 6 secondsafter starting the engine.

X Fasten your seat belts.

7 The seat belttelltale illu-minates con-stantly. Anadditionalwarning chimesounds for amaximum of6 seconds afterstarting theengine.

The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.


7 The seat belttelltale flasheswith increas-ing frequencyof a warningchime for amaximum of60 seconds.

The vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph (25 km/h), and both thedriver’s and passenger seat belt are unfastened.


If the driver’s or the passenger seat belt remains unfastenedafter 60 seconds, the warning chime stops sounding. The seatbelt telltale stops flashing but continues to be illuminated.

The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver’s andthe passenger seat belt (with the passenger seat occupied) arefastened, or the vehicle is standing still and a door is opened.


>>Practicalhints.

Z


6 Scenario 1:

The SRS indica-tor lamp illu-minates whenthe ignition isswitched on andgoes out after amaximum of4 seconds.

The subsequent self check of the safety systems detected nomalfunction. The supplemental restraint system is opera-tional.

6 Scenario 2:

The SRS indica-tor lamp illu-minates whenthe ignition isswitched on andgoes out after amaximum of4 seconds forapproximately1 second, then itcomes on againand stays on.

There is a malfunction in the supplemental restraint systems.The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices could deployunexpectedly or fail to deploy in an accident.

X Do not sit on the passenger seat; this applies particularlyto children.


G WARNING

If the SRS indicator lamp does not come on when you switch on the ignition or does not goout again after a few seconds once the engine is running or comes on again, the supplementalrestraint systems are malfunctioning.

In the event that a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as described in scenario 2, the SRSmay not be operational. For your safety, we strongly recommend that you contact an author-ized smart center immediately to have the system checked; A malfunctioning SRS system maynot deploy when needed in an accident resulting in serious or fatal injury, or it mightdeploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could result in an accident and/or injury toyou or to others.

! If the SRS indicator lamp comes on while driving, have the system checked at anauthorized smart center immediately.

It is possible that the air bag and the emergency tensioning device could be activatedunintentionally or will not function in the event of an accident.

i Information on the operating principle of the air bags can be found in the “Safety”section (Y page 33).


Practicalhints.


÷ The ESP® warn-ing lampflashes whiledriving.

The ESP® has engaged because of detected traction loss in atleast one tire.

X When driving off, apply as little throttle as possible.X While driving, ease up on the accelerator pedal.X Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road andweather conditions.

÷ The ESP® warn-ing lamp illu-minates con-tinuously whilethe engine isrunning.

The ESP® is not operational due to a system failure.


The ESP® is not available.


G WARNING

When the ESP® warning lamp is illuminated continuously, the ESP® is not available or notoperational due to a system failure.

Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road conditions and the non-operating statusof the ESP®.

i It may be possible to clear a system failure by restarting the engine.

X Restart the engine.If the warning lamp still does not go out, have the system checked at an authorized smartcenter immediately.

i More information on the ESP® can be found in the “Safety” section (Y page 47).


D The yellow EPS*warning lampilluminateswhile theengine is run-ning.

The Electronic Power Steering (EPS)* is not available.

X Have the EPS* checked at an authorized smart center imme-diately.

G WARNING

When the EPS* is not available a higher degree of effort is necessary to steer the vehicle.Have the system checked at an authorized smart center.


>>Practicalhints.

* optional Z

Vehicle

Problem Possible causes/consequences andMM Solutions

# The batteryindicator lampilluminateswhile drivingor does not goout after theengine isstarted.

The alternator is malfunctioning. The battery is no longercharged.


The poly-V-belt is broken. The battery is no longer charged.




°¯

The mainservice symbolilluminatestogether withthe flashingcare servicesymbol afterthe engine isstarted.

In addition, thetransmissionposition indi-cator flashes.

The gearbox is malfunctioning.

X Contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized smart center.


Practicalhints.


K The high‑beamheadlamp indi-cator lamp doesnot illuminatewhen thehigh‑beamheadlamps areswitched on orwhen using thehigh‑beamflasher.

The high‑beam headlamp indicator lamp has failed.

X Have the high‑beam headlamp indicator lamp checked at anauthorized smart center.

M The low‑beamheadlamp indi-cator lamp doesnot illuminatewhen thelow‑beam head-lamps areswitched on.

The low‑beam headlamp indicator lamp has failed.

X Have the low‑beam headlamp indicator lamp checked at anauthorized smart center.

#!

The turn signal indi-cator lamp(s) do(es)not illuminate whenthe ignition isswitched on and thecorresponding turnsignal is switched onor the hazard warningflasher is switchedon.

The turn signal indicator lamp(s) has (have) failed.

X Have the turn signal indicator lamp(s) checked at an author-ized smart center.

#!

The turn signal indi-cator lamp(s) flashesat double frequency.

One of the turn signals is malfunctioning.

X Replace the bulb as soon as possible (Y page 179).

orX Have the turn signal checked at an authorized smart centeras soon as possible.

® The fuel capindicator lampcomes on whenthe engine isrunning.

The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system maybe leaky.

X Check the fuel cap (Y page 116).X If it is not closed properly: Close the fuel cap.X If it is closed properly: Have the fuel system checked at anauthorized smart center.


>>Practicalhints.

Z

Engine


? The red coolanttemperaturewarning lampilluminateswhile theengine is run-ning.

The coolant is too hot.


The coolant level has fallen below the marking bar on the cool-ant reservoir (Y page 122).

X Add coolant as required.X Have the coolant system checked for leaks at an authorizedsmart center.

G WARNING

Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked intothe engine compartment to catch fire. You could be seriously burned.

Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by openingthe engine hood. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it.

Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic. Turn off the engine, get out ofthe vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down.



; The enginemalfunctionindicator lampilluminateswhile driving.

There is a malfunction in the system.

X Have the vehicle checked at an authorized smart centerimmediately.

i Some states may by law require you to visit a workshop as soon as the engine mal-function indicator lamp comes on. Check local requirements.


Practicalhints.


5 The engine oilpressure indi-cator lampilluminateswhile driving.

The engine oil pressure is low.


5 The engine oilpressure indi-cator lamp goesout before theengine starts.

The engine oil pressure indicator lamp has failed.

X Check the engine oil level.X Have the system checked at an authorized smart center.

! The engine oil pressure indicator lamp should not be ignored. Extended driving withthe engine oil pressure indicator lamp illuminated could result in serious enginedamage that is not covered by the smart Limited Warranty.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)*


h The yellow com-bination lowtire pressure/TPMS malfunc-tion telltaleilluminatescontinuously.

The TPMS detects a loss of pressure in at least one tire.

X Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt, avoiding abrupt steer-ing and braking maneuvers. Observe the traffic situationaround you.

X Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required(Y page 126).

If the tire inflation pressure in the respective tire(s) has(have) been corrected, the combination low tire pressure/TPMSmalfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving.See also “Restarting the TPMS” (Y page 129).

h The combina-tion low tirepressure/TPMSmalfunctiontelltale flashes60 seconds andthen stays illu-minated.

There is a malfunction in the TPMS.

X Have the TPMS checked at an authorized smart center.

After the malfunction has been remedied the combination lowtire pressure/TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a fewminutes of driving.


>>Practicalhints.

* optional Z

G WARNING

Each tire should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure rec-ommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard. If yourvehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation placard, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly underinflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check yourtires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantlyunderinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.

Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’shandling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, evenif underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with thelow tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illuminated.

This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunctionexists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of incom-patible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one ormore tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.


Practicalhints.

Warning and indicator lamps in the overhead control panel


4 0

The passenger frontair bag off indicatorlamp illuminates andremains illuminatedwith the weight of atypical adult or some-one larger than asmall individual onthe passenger seat.



4 0

The passenger frontair bag off indicatorlamp does not illumi-nate or remains outwith the weight of atypical 12‑month‑oldchild in a standardchild restraint or lesson the passenger seat



G WARNING

If the 4 0 indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weightof a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual on the passenger seat, do nothave any passenger use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired.

G WARNING

If the 4 0 indicator lamp does not illuminate or remains out with the weight ofa typical 12‑month‑old child in a standard child restraint or less on the passenger seat, donot transport a child on the passenger seat until the system has been repaired.


>>Practicalhints.

Z

Engine


The engine does notstart.

X Check ifRthe gear selector lever is in park position PRthe brake pedal has been depressedRthe transmission position indicator is on PP or NN

The engine does notstart within 4 sec-onds.

X Wait for a few seconds.X Repeat the starting procedure.

Remember that extended starting attempts can drain thevehicle battery.

The engine does notstart after severalstarting attempts.

X Engage the parking brake when leaving the vehicle.X Contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized smart center.

Loss of key


You lose a key. X Have the key deactivated at an authorized smart center.X Report the loss of the key to your car insurance companyimmediately.

X If necessary, have the mechanical lock replaced.

Your authorized smart center will be glad to supply you with areplacement following an identity check.


Practicalhints.

Acoustic warning signals


Once the anti-theftwarning system* hasbeen armed, a visualand audible alarm istriggered.

The alarm is triggered whenRsomeone opens a door or the tailgateRthe driver’s door is unlocked with the key (Y page 176)Rthe vehicle’s interior is enteredRthere is motion inside the vehicleRthe vehicle is raised

To cancel the alarm:



A warning signalsounds.

The door is opened while a gear is engaged with the enginerunning and neither the brake nor accelerator pedals aredepressed.

X Close the driver’s and passenger door.X Move the gear selector lever to park position P.

orX Turn off the engine.

You open the driver’s door with the key in starter switch posi-tion 0 to remind you not to leave the key in the vehicle.

X Close the driver’s door.

orX Remove the key from the starter switch.

A warning signalsounds.

The seat belts are not fastened when the engine is started. Fordetails, see seat belt telltale (Y page 165).



>>Practicalhints.

* optional Z


A warning signalsounds when parking.

You have not engaged the parking brake before releasing thebrake pedal, turning off the engine, and switching off theignition.

X Switch on the ignition to deactivate the acoustic warning.X Engage the parking brake.X Make sure the gear selector lever is in park position P.X Turn the key to starter switch position 0.X Remove the key from the starter switch.

For safety, it is important that you perform the parking pro-cedure as described (Y page 79).

You can hear a contin-uous noise from thefront axle when brak-ing.

The vehicle is equipped with a mechanical/acoustic brake padindicator.

X Have the brake pads checked at an authorized smart center.

Unlocking/locking manually

Unlocking the vehicle

You can unlock the driver’s door and thefuel filler flap by unlocking the driver’sdoor using the key. The lock cylinder isfitted with a cap.

X Press button# on the key.

The anti-theft warning system* is dis-armed.

i If the transmitter battery in the key isdischarged, the anti-theft warning sys-tem* can no longer be disarmed with but-ton# on the key.

For replacing the transmitter battery(Y page 177).

Unlocking the vehicle with the key andopening a door or the tailgate will trig-ger the anti-theft warning system*(Y page 48).

To cancel the alarm:


X Remove cap: from lock cylinder;.

X Unlock the driver’s door.The driver’s door and the fuel filler flapare unlocked.

i To unlock the vehicle centrally pressthe central unlocking switch in the uppercenter console (Y page 26).

Locking the vehicle

If you can no longer lock the vehicle usingthe remote control and you do not have aspare transmitter battery at hand, pleaseproceed as follows:

176 Unlocking/locking manually>>

Practicalhints.

* optional

X Open the driver’s door.X Press the central locking switch(Y page 54).The indicator lamp on the central lock-ing switch comes on, when the starterswitch is in position 1.

The indicator lamp on the central lock-ing switch flashes, when the starterswitch is in position 0.

X Remove the key from the starter switch,take it with you, and close all doors.The vehicle is now locked and the anti-theft warning system* is armed.

Closing the rear soft top

If the rear soft top does not lock properlyafter being closed, proceed as follows:

X Stop the vehicle in a safe location.X Engage the parking brake.X Make sure the key is in starter switchposition 1.

X Fold up the rear soft top completely.The rear soft top stops in the unlockedposition.

X Within one minute, press and hold symbolG on the retractable soft top switchfor 15 seconds twice.The rear soft top closes the lockinghooks.

X Close the retractable soft top com-pletely.

X Have the rear soft top checked at anauthorized smart center.

Replacing transmitter battery

Notes

The remote control’s transmitter battery isalmost spent when the turn signals flashrapidly nine times in a row when lockingthe vehicle.

i If you do not replace the transmitterbattery, after about 100 more times youwill no longer be able to lock or unlockthe vehicle using the remote control.

X Replace the transmitter battery.

orX Have the transmitter battery replaced atan authorized smart center.

G WARNING

Batteries contain poisonous and corrosivesubstances. Therefore keep the batteriesout of reach of children.

If a battery is swallowed, seek medical helpimmediately.

Batteries contain materials that can harmthe environment if disposed of improperly.Recycling of batteries is the preferredmethod of disposal. Many states/provincesrequire sellers of batteries to accept oldbatteries for recycling.

Replacing battery

Replacement battery: CR 2016 button cell

! Replace the remote control’s transmit-ter battery every two years at the latest.Otherwise there is a danger of leakage.The remote control could be damaged.

Replacing transmitter battery 177

>>Practicalhints.

* optional Z

X Insert a suitable object such as a coininto the slot at the eyelet of the key hous-ing.

X Carefully turn the coin until key housingtop half: is unlatched.

X Open key housing top half: to the side.

X Remove transmitter battery; from theboard.

! Check the polarity when inserting thenew transmitter battery. You could oth-erwise damage parts of the electricalsystem. When inserting the batteries,make sure they are clean and free of lint.

X Insert the new transmitter battery.X Press both halves of the key housingtogether again.

X Check the operation of the remotecontrol.

Replacing bulbs

About replacing bulbs

Safe vehicle operation depends on properexterior lighting and signaling. It istherefore essential that all bulbs and lampassemblies are in good working order at alltimes.

Correct headlamp adjustment is extremelyimportant. Have headlamps checked andreadjusted at regular intervals and when abulb has been replaced. Contact an author-ized smart center for headlamp adjustment.

G WARNING

Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot.Allow the lamp to cool down before changinga bulb. Otherwise you could be burned if youtouch them.

Keep bulbs out of the reach of children.

Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas. Abulb can explode if you:

Rtouch or move it when hot

Rdrop the bulb

Rscratch the bulb

Wear eye and hand protection.

i If the headlamps or front fog lamps* arefogged up on the inside as a result ofhigh humidity, driving the vehicle adistance with the lights on should clearup the fogging.

Notes on bulb replacement:

ROnly use bulbs of the same type and withthe specified watt rating.RSwitch the lights off before replacing abulb to prevent short circuits.RAlways use a clean lint-free cloth whenhandling bulbs.RYour hands should be dry and free of oiland grease.RAvoid touching the glass of the bulb withbare fingers.RIf the newly installed bulb does not comeon, contact an authorized smart center.RHave the bulbs for the front fog lamps*and the LED daytime running lamps*replaced at an authorized smart center.

178 Replacing bulbs>>

Practicalhints.

* optional

Overview bulbs

Front lamps

Headlamp Type

: Low‑beam headlamp

H7 (55 W); High‑beam headlamp

H7 (55 W)= Parking and side marker lamp

WY 5 W? Turn signal lamp

2357 A

Front fog lamp* Type

: Front fog lamp

H 11

Side turn signal lamp Type

: Side turn signal lamp

WY 5 W

Replacing bulbs 179

>>Practicalhints.

* optional Z

Rear lamps

Tail lamp unit Type

: Brake lamp/tail lamp/turn signallamp/side marker lamp

12 V 21/5 W; Reflector

-= Backup lamp

12 V 21 W

License plate lamps Type

: License plate lamps

C 5 W

High‑mounted brake lamp Type

: High‑mounted brake lamp

W 16 W


Practicalhints.

Replacing bulbs for front lamps

Before you start to replace a bulb for afront lamp, do the following first:

X Turn the exterior lamp switch to position$ (Y page 64).

X Switch off the ignition.X Open the service flap (Y page 120).

Left headlamp, (right headlamp in reverse)

Parking and side marker lamp bulb

X Removing:

Driver’s side: Turn bulb socket? towardthe outside.

Passenger side: Turn bulb socket?toward the outside.

X Pull bulb socket? out of the headlamphousing.

X Pull the bulb out of bulb socket?.

X Installing: Insert the new bulb into bulbsocket?.

X Insert bulb socket? into the headlamphousing.

X Driver side: Turn bulb socket? towardthe inside.

Passenger side: Turn bulb socket?toward the inside.

Low‑beam headlamp bulb

X Removing: Take off low‑beam headlampcover=.

X Detach the electrical connector.

X Bend the retainer spring end down andforward until it unclips. Fold theretainer spring back.

X Pull the bulb out of the headlamp hous-ing.

X Installing: Insert the new bulb into theheadlamp housing.

X Fold the retainer spring forward.X Bend the retainer spring end forwardthen up and back to clip in.

X Attach the electrical connector.X Reinstall low‑beam headlamp cover=.

High‑beam headlamp bulb

X Removing: Take off high‑beam headlampcover;.

X Detach the electrical connector.X Tilt the bulb socket down and pull it out.X Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket.

X Installing: Insert the new bulb into thebulb socket.

X Fit the bulb so that the retaining lug ofthe base plate is pointing up.

X Press the bulb into the bulb socket untilit is fully engaged.

X Attach the electrical connector.X Reinstall high‑beam headlamp cover;.

Front turn signal lamp bulb

X Removing: Turn bulb socket: counter-clockwise by a quarter of turn and pull itout of the headlamp housing.

X Press gently onto the bulb and turn itcounterclockwise.

X Pull the bulb out of bulb socket:.

X Installing: Insert the new bulb into bulbsocket:.

X Press gently onto the bulb and turn itclockwise.

X Insert bulb socket: into the headlamphousing.

Replacing bulbs 181

>>Practicalhints.

Z

The arrow on bulb socket: must be inline with the line on the headlamp hous-ing.

X Turn bulb socket: clockwise by a quar-ter of turn.

Side turn signal lamp bulb

X Removing: Open the door on the corre-sponding side.

X Press on retaining lug: in the direc-tion of the arrow until the side turn sig-nal lamp housing disengages.

X Close the door.X Use a suitable tool to loosen the side turnsignal lamp housing from the fender.

X Turn the bulb socket counterclockwiseand pull it out of the side turn signallamp housing.

X Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket.


X Insert the bulb socket into the side turnsignal lamp housing and turn the bulbsocket clockwise.

X Fit the side turn signal lamp housingonto the fender.

X Press gently onto the side turn signallamp housing.

The side turn signal lamp housing mustaudibly engage.

Replacing bulbs for rear lamps

Before you start to replace a bulb for a rearlamp, do the following first:

X Turn exterior lamp switch to position$ (Y page 64).

X Switch off the ignition.

Tail lamp unit

X Removing:

Coupé: Open the upper tailgate.X Open the lower tailgate.X Cabriolet: Open the rear soft top(Y page 73).

X Remove the side cover in the cargo com-partment on the corresponding side.

X Fold the damping material forward, ifnecessary.

Left bulb carrier illustrated as example

: Retaining tab

; Electrical connector

X Press retaining tab: in the center ofthe bulb carrier upwards.

X Pull the bulb carrier out of the tail lamphousing.


Practicalhints.

Left bulb carrier with bulb sockets (right bulbcarrier in reverse)

: Retaining tab

= Brake, tail, turn signal and side markerlamp bulb

? Backup lamp bulb

X Depending on which bulb needs to bereplaced, press gently onto bulb=or? and turn it counterclockwise.

X Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket.


X Press gently onto the bulb and turn itclockwise until it engages.

X Insert the bulb carrier into the tail lamphousing.

X Press gently onto the bulb carrier.

Let retaining tab: engage.

X Fold the damping material backward, ifnecessary.

X Reinstall the side cover in the cargocompartment.

High-mounted brake lamp

X Removing: Unscrew retaining screws:.

X Remove high-mounted brake lamp?.

X Detach electrical connector; frombulbsocket=.

X Turn the bulb counterclockwise and pullit out of its socket.

X Installing: Install in the reverse order.

License plate lamps

G WARNING


Replacing bulbs 183

>>Practicalhints.

Z

X Use a suitable tool to loosen the corre-sponding license plate lamp unit atjacking point:.

X Carefully unclip the license plate lampunit.

X Detach electrical connectors;.

X Remove bulb=.

X Insert the new bulb.X Attach electrical connectors;.

X Fit the license plate lamp unit on theright and press gently on the left.

The license plate lamp unit must audiblyengage.

Replacing interior lighting lamps

A 12 V/10 W bulb is required.

X Removing: Use a flat object to pry thelamp lens: off from the passenger side.

X Detach electrical connector; from theinterior lamp.

X Remove bulb= from mount?.

X Installing: Insert the new bulb.X Attach electrical connector; to theinterior lamp.

X Fit the lamp lens on the left in the open-ing and press gently on the right.

The lamp lens must audibly engage.

Replacing wiper blades

About replacing wiper blades

G WARNING

For safety reasons, switch off the wipersand remove the key from the starter switchbefore replacing a wiper blade. The wind-shield wipers could otherwise be set inmotion and cause injury.

G WARNING

Wiper blades are components that are sub-ject to wear and tear. Replace the wiperblades at least twice a year, preferably inthe spring and fall. Otherwise the windowswill not be properly wiped. As a result, youmay not be able to observe surroundingtraffic conditions and could cause an acci-dent.

! Hold on to the wiper when folding thewiper arm back. If released, the force ofthe impact from the windshield wiper

184 Replacing wiper blades>>

Practicalhints.

tensioning spring could crack the wind-shield.

Do not allow the wiper arms to contact thewindshield glass without a wiper bladeinserted.

We recommend that you have this workcarried out at an authorized smartcenter.

To ensure proper visibility

Rit is vital that you have wiper blades thatare in perfect shapeRclean the wiper blades regularly with acleaning agentRremove any tough dirt stains with asponge or brush

Windshield wiper blades

! Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts.They could tear.

Removing

X Remove the key from the starter switch.

X Fold wiper arm? away from the wind-shield until it snaps into place.

X Press on retaining springs; on bothsides of wiper blade:.

X Fold wiper blade: away from wiperarm? in direction of arrow=.

X Detach wiper blade: in direction ofarrowA.

Installing

X With guide tabA sliding into openingB, attach new wiper blade: onto thewiper arm.

X Fold wiper blade: towards the wiperarm in direction of arrow=.Retaining springs; must audiblyengage in attachment?.

X Check whether wiper blade: is securelyfastened.

X Fold the wiper arm backward to rest onthe windshield.Make sure to hold on to the wiper whenfolding it back.

! Make sure the wiper blades are properlyinstalled. Improperly installed wiperblades may cause windshield damage.

Rear window wiper blade

Replacing wiper blades 185

>>Practicalhints.

Z

X Removing: Fold the wiper arm away fromthe rear window until you feel it engage.

X Fold wiper blade: away from the wiperarm in direction of arrow; until itdisengages from its mounting.

X Detach wiper blade:.

X Installing: Push the new wiper blade ontothe wiper arm until you feel it engage.

X Fold the wiper blade into a position par-allel to the wiper arm.

X Fold the wiper arm backward to rest onthe rear window.

Make sure to hold on to the wiper whenfolding the wiper arm back.

! Make sure the wiper blade is properlyinstalled. An improperly installedwiper blade may cause rear window dam-age.

Adjusting the washer jet nozzles

: Front washer jet nozzles

; Rear washer jet nozzles

X Adjusting: Use a needle to move washerjet nozzles: or; left, right, up, ordown.

i Check the setting of the washer jet noz-zles at regular intervals. The washer jetnozzles are correctly set when the waterjet hits the windshield or the rear win-dow approximately in the center.

Flat tire

Preparing the vehicle

Upon experiencing any type of problemwith the vehicle’s tires, switch on the haz-ard warning flasher, carefully slow downand exit the roadway in a cautious manner.

X Park the vehicle at a safe distance frommoving traffic on a hard, flat surfacewhen possible.

X Make sure the tire valve of the damagedtire is located below the horizontal axleof the wheel hub.

X Engage the parking brake.X Turn the steering wheel so that the frontwheels are in a straight ahead position.

X Move the gear selector lever to parkposition P.

X Turn off the engine.X Remove the key from the starter switchand take the key with you.

i Open door only when conditions are safeto do so.

X Have any passenger exit the vehicle at asafe distance from the roadway.

Using the tire repair kit

! Depending on the type of damage on thetire, the tire sealant could damage thesensor of the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)*. Such damage is not cov-ered by the smart Limited Warranty.

When having the damaged tire replaced,also have the TPMS sensors* checked forproper function. When the sensor is dam-aged, the TPMS* will not function prop-erly. The sensor must then be replaced atan authorized smart center as soon aspossible.

i Depending on production date of yourvehicle, it will be equipped with version1 or version 2 of the tire repair kit.Please make sure to refer to the descrip-

186 Flat tire>>

Practicalhints.

* optional

tion of the tire repair kit in your vehiclebefore sealing a tire.

The tire repair kit can be used to sealpunctures of up to approximately 0.16 in(4 mm) on the tire tread.

The tire repair kit enables you to drive onthe sealed tire to the nearest authorizedsmart center.

X You should have the sealed tire replacedat an authorized smart center.

G WARNING

Take care not to allow the contents of thetire sealant to come in contact with hair,eyes or clothing. The tire sealant is harm-ful if inhaled, swallowed or absorbedthrough the skin - causes skin, eye and res-piratory irritation. Wear gloves whileusing this product if they are available.

Any contact with eyes or skin should beflushed immediately with plenty of water.

If clothing comes in contact with the tiresealant, change clothing as soon as possi-ble.

In case of allergic reaction or rash, consulta physician immediately.

Notes

RSmall tire punctures, particularly thosein the tread, can be sealed with the tiresealant.RThe tire sealant can be used in ambienttemperatures from ‑4¦ (‑20¥) to104¦ (+40¥).RDo not remove any foreign objects such asnails or screws that have penetrated thetire.RDo not use the tire sealant if the tire hasbeen damaged by being driven wheninsufficiently inflated (e.g. bumps,cuts, cracks etc. on the tire).RAllow escaped tire sealant to dry, thenpeel it off.

RImmediately wash all painted surfacesthat came into contact with the tire seal-ant using a damp cloth.RAvoid skin and eye contact with the tiresealant.RDo not swallow the tire sealant.RAllow the tire sealant that is inside thedamaged tire to dry and dispose oftogether with the tire.RDo not use the tire sealant after the expi-ration date has elapsed (see top of con-tainer).

Instead, have it replaced at an author-ized smart center.

G WARNING

The tire sealant is a limited repair device.The tire sealant cannot be used for cuts orpunctures larger than approximately0.16 in (4 mm) and tire damage caused bydriving with extremely low tire inflationpressure, or on a flat tire, or a damagedwheel.

Do not drive the vehicle under such cir-cumstances.

If you are unsure of the condition of the tireor have any question whatsoever about itssuitability for driving contact the nearestsmart center for assistance or call Road-side Assistance.

G WARNING

Please review the instructions below forusing the tire repair kit. If you are notconfident that you can competently followthe instructions for using this kit, do notuse the kit, but instead call for RoadsideAssistance.

G WARNING

Keep the tire sealant out of reach of chil-dren. If swallowed, rinse mouth immedi-ately with plenty of water and drink plentyof water.

Do not induce vomiting!

Consult a physician immediately.

Flat tire 187

>>Practicalhints.

Z

Keep away from open flame, heat source orsparks. Do not smoke.

Sealing a tire (Version 1)

X Take the tire repair kit from thepassenger footwell (Y page 158).

X Open the tire repair kit lid.

: Flange lid

; Pressure gauge

= Vent screw

? Filler hose with stopper

A Operating instructions label

B Electrical plug

C Electric air pump switch

D Sticker

E Tire sealant container

X Remove stickerD from the tire repairkit.

X Attach stickerD where it will be easilyseen by the driver on the instrumentcluster.

X Unwind electrical plugB and fillerhose?.

X Unscrew flange lid:.

X Unscrew the lid of tire sealant containerE. Make sure not to damage the aluminumseal.

X Screw tire sealant containerE ontoflangeF.

Make sure the container is threaded cor-rectly onto the flange. This punctures thealuminum seal of the tire sealant con-tainer.

X Unscrew the valve cap from the tire valveof the damaged tire.

X Close vent screw=.

X Pull off the stopper of filler hose?.

188 Flat tire>>

Practicalhints.

X Screw the end of filler hose? onto tirevalveG.

X Insert electrical plugB into the aux-iliary power outlet (Y page 114).

X Insert the key in the starter switch andturn it to position 1.

i The vehicle’s battery is drained by useof the electric air pump. You shouldtherefore keep the engine running — inthe open air — while inflating the tire.

X Press I on electric air pump switchC.The electric air pump is switched on andinflates the tire.

i First, the sealant is pumped into thetire. The pressure may briefly increaseto a high value. This is normal and not anindication of a malfunction. Do notswitch off the electric air pump.

X Let the electric air pump inflate the tirefor a maximum of ten minutes.

Pressure gauge; must display at least180 kPa (1.8 bar, 26 psi).

! Do not operate the electric air pumplonger than ten minutes without inter-ruption. Otherwise it may overheat.

You may operate the electrical air pumpagain after it has cooled off.

X If a tire inflation pressure of at least180 kPa (1.8 bar, 26 psi) is not attained,turn off the electric air pump by press-ing 0 on electric air pump switchC.

X Unscrew the end of filler hose? fromtire valveG.

X After clearing the area around the vehi-cle of people and obstacles, drive vehi-cle back or forth very slowly approx-imately 30 ft (10 m).

This serves to better distribute the tiresealant material inside the tire.

X Screw the end of filler hose? onto tirevalveG.

X Inflate the tire again.

G WARNING

If a tire inflation pressure of180 kPa (1.8 bar, 26 psi) is not attained, thetire is too severely damaged for the tiresealant to provide a reliable tire repair.

In this case, the tire sealant cannot prop-erly seal the tire.

Do not drive the vehicle.

Contact the nearest smart center for assis-tance or call Roadside Assistance.

X After attaining a tire inflation pressureof at least 180 kPa (1.8 bar, 26 psi), press0 on electric air pump switchC.The electric air pump is switched off.

X Turn the key in the starter switch toposition 0.

X Unscrew the end of filler hose? fromtire valveG.

X Plug filler hose with the stopper.X Tire sealant containerE remainsscrewed onto flangeF.

Flat tire 189

>>Practicalhints.

Z

X Place the tire repair kit securely in thevehicle.

X Drive off immediately.The tire sealant will distribute itselfevenly inside the tire.

G WARNING

Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph(80 km/h). A tire sealant repair is notdesigned to operate at higher speeds.

The sticker must be attached on the instru-ment cluster where it will be easily seen bythe driver.

Vehicle handling characteristics of a tiresealant repaired tire may change. Adaptyour driving accordingly.

X After driving for about 1.8 miles (3 km)or ten minutes, stop and exit the vehicletaking all of the appropriate safety pre-cautions.

X Take the tire repair kit from the vehicle.X Screw the end of filler hose? onto tirevalveG.

X Check the tire inflation pressure usingpressure gauge;.

G WARNING

If tire inflation pressure has fallen below130 kPa (1.3 bar, 19 psi) do not continue todrive the vehicle.

Park your vehicle safely away from theroadway and contact the nearest smartcenter or call Roadside Assistance.

Have the damaged tire replaced.

X If the tire inflation pressure is at least130 kPa (1.3 bar, 19 psi), inflate or deflatethe tire to correct tire inflation pres-sure (see Tire and Loading Informationplacard located on the driver’s doorB‑pillar).RTo increase the tire inflation pres-sure: Switch on the electric air pump.RTo decrease the tire inflation pres-sure: Open vent screw=. Recheck the

tire inflation pressure with the elec-tric air pump’s pressure gauge.

X After checking the tire inflation pres-sure, unscrew the end of filler hose?from tire valveG.

X Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve.X Plug filler hose with the stopper.X Place the tire repair kit securely in thevehicle.

! The manufacturer is unable to guaran-tee that all tire punctures can berepaired with the tire repair kit, in par-ticular cuts or perforations larger thanapproximately 0.16 in (4 mm) or away fromthe tire’s tread. The manufacturer is notliable for damage sustained throughimproper use of the tire repair kit.

G WARNING





190 Flat tire>>

Practicalhints.

X Drive to the nearest authorized smartcenter, to have the damaged tirereplaced.

X Contact an authorized smart center assoon as possible to obtain a new fillerhose and a new tire sealant container.

X Bring used tire sealant materials to anauthorized smart center for proper dis-posal.

X Replace your tire sealant containerevery 4 years. Replacement containersare available at any authorized smartcenter.

G WARNING

After changing a tire, contact a smartcenter to make sure the bolts holding thewheel to the car are tight enough. Other-wise, the wheels could come off. Each boltshould be tightened to a torque of 81 lb‑ft(110 Nm).

Sealing a tire (Version 2)

X Take the tire repair kit from thepassenger footwell (Y page 158).

X Take electrical plug= and filler hoseB from the bottom of the electric airpump housing.

X Engage the yellow plug of filler hoseBin the opening in yellow closure capA.

X With the O-ring seals towards the elec-tric air pump housing, insert yellow clo-sure capA into fixture;.

X Push tire sealant container: into fix-ture; until both hooks of yellow closurecapA engage.

X Unscrew the valve cap from tire valveC of the damaged tire.

X Screw the end of filler hoseB onto tirevalveC.

X Insert electrical plug= into the aux-iliary power outlet (Y page 114).

X Insert the key in the starter switch andturn it to position 1.

i The vehicle’s battery is drained by useof the electric air pump. You shouldtherefore keep the engine running — inthe open air — while inflating the tire.

X Press ON on electric air pump switch?.The electric air pump is switched on andinflates the tire.

i First, the sealant is pumped into thetire. The pressure may briefly increaseto a high value. This is normal and not anindication of a malfunction. Do notswitch off the electric air pump.

X Let the electric air pump inflate the tirefor a maximum of ten minutes.

The pressure gauge must display at least200 kpa (2.0 bar, 29 psi).

! Do not operate the electric air pumplonger than ten minutes without inter-ruption. Otherwise it may overheat.

Flat tire 191

>>Practicalhints.

Z

You may operate the electrical air pumpagain after it has cooled off.

X If a tire inflation pressure of at least200 kpa (2.0 bar, 29 psi) is not attained,turn off the electric air pump by press-ing OFF on electric air pump switch?.

X Unscrew the end of filler hose? fromtire valveC.

X After clearing the area around the vehi-cle of people and obstacles, drive vehi-cle back or forth very slowly approx-imately 30 ft (10 m).

This serves to better distribute the tiresealant material inside the tire.

X Screw the end of filler hose? onto tirevalveC.

X Inflate the tire again.

G WARNING

If a tire inflation pressure of200 kPa (2.0 bar, 29 psi) is not attained, thetire is too severely damaged for the tiresealant to provide a reliable tire repair.

In this case, the tire sealant cannot prop-erly seal the tire.

Do not drive the vehicle.

Contact the nearest smart center for assis-tance or call Roadside Assistance.

X After attaining a tire inflation pressureof at least 200 kPa (2.0 bar, 29 psi), pressOFF on electric air pump switch?.The electric air pump is switched off.

X Turn the key in the starter switch toposition 0.

X Unscrew the end of filler hose? fromtire valveC.


X Drive off immediately.The tire sealant will distribute itselfevenly inside the tire.

G WARNING

Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph(80 km/h). A tire sealant repair is notdesigned to operate at higher speeds.

The sticker must be attached on the instru-ment cluster where it will be easily seen bythe driver.

Vehicle handling characteristics of a tiresealant repaired tire may change. Adaptyour driving accordingly.

X After driving for about 1.8 miles (3 km)or ten minutes, stop and exit the vehicletaking all of the appropriate safety pre-cautions.

X Take the tire repair kit from the vehicle.X Screw the end of filler hose? onto tirevalveC.

X Check the tire inflation pressure usingpressure gaugeE.

G WARNING

If tire inflation pressure has fallen below130 kPa (1.3 bar, 19 psi) do not continue todrive the vehicle.

Park your vehicle safely away from theroadway and contact the nearest smartcenter or call Roadside Assistance.

Have the damaged tire replaced.

X If the tire inflation pressure is at least130 kPa (1.3 bar, 19 psi), inflate or deflatethe tire to correct tire inflation pres-sure (see Tire and Loading Information

192 Flat tire>>

Practicalhints.

placard located on the driver’s doorB‑pillar).RTo increase the tire inflation pres-sure: Switch on the electric air pump.RTo decrease the tire inflation pres-sure: Press deflate buttonD. Recheckthe tire inflation pressure with theelectric air pump’s pressure gaugeE.

X When the tire inflation pressure is cor-rect, unscrew the end of filler hose?from tire valveC.

X Screw the valve cap onto the tire valve.

X To detach tire sealant container: fromthe electric air pump, press bothlatches.

X Pull tire sealant container: out of fix-ture;.

Filler hose? remains on tire sealantcontainer:.


! The manufacturer is unable to guaran-tee that all tire punctures can berepaired with the tire repair kit, in par-ticular cuts or perforations larger thanapproximately 0.16 in (4 mm) or away fromthe tire’s tread. The manufacturer is notliable for damage sustained throughimproper use of the tire repair kit.

G WARNING





X Drive to the nearest authorized smartcenter, to have the damaged tirereplaced.

X Contact an authorized smart center assoon as possible to obtain a new fillerhose and a new tire sealant container.

X Bring used tire sealant materials to anauthorized smart center for proper dis-posal.

X Replace your tire sealant containerevery 4 years. Replacement containersare available at any authorized smartcenter.

G WARNING

After changing a tire, contact a smartcenter to make sure the bolts holding thewheel to the car are tight enough. Other-wise, the wheels could come off. Each boltshould be tightened to a torque of 81 lb‑ft(110 Nm).

Flat tire 193

>>Practicalhints.

Z

Wheel change

Preparing the vehicle

X Park the vehicle on a hard, flat surfacewhen possible.

X Turn on the hazard warning flasher.X Turn the steering wheel so that the frontwheels are in a straight-ahead position.


X Turn off the engine.X Have any passenger exit the vehicle at asafe distance from the roadway.

Removing the wheel

G WARNING

When jacking up the vehicle, only use asuitable jack. Observe the manufacturer’ssafety instructions.

The jack must be designed for jacking upthis vehicle at the jack take-up bracketsbuilt into both sides of the vehicle.

The jack is intended only for lifting thevehicle briefly for wheel changes. It is notsuited for performing maintenance workunder the vehicle. To help avoid personalinjury, use the jack only to lift the vehicleduring a wheel change.

Never get beneath the vehicle while it issupported by the jack. Keep hands and feetaway from the area under the lifted vehicle.Always lower the vehicle onto sufficientcapacity jackstands before working underthe vehicle.

Always firmly engage the parking brake andblock the wheels with wheel chocks or othersizeable objects before raising the vehi-cle with the jack. Do not release the parkingbrake while the vehicle is raised.

Make sure the ground on which the vehicleis standing and where you place the jack is

solid, level and not slippery. If necessary,use a large underlay. On slippery surfaces,such as tiled floors, you should use a non-slip underlay, for example a rubber mat.

Do not use wooden blocks or similar objectsto support the jack. Otherwise the jack maynot be able to achieve its load-bearingcapacity if it is not at its full height.

The jack must always be vertical when inuse. Always try to use the jack on level sur-face. If you do not position the jack cor-rectly, the vehicle can fall off the jack andseriously or fatally injure you or others.

Never start the engine when the vehicle israised.

Also observe the notes on the jack.

X Make sure to have a suitable jack18, wheelwrench18 and wheel chock18.

Contact an authorized smart center forinformation on which jack and wheelwrench are required.

X Prepare the vehicle as described(Y page 194).

X Make sure the surface is level.

Prevent the vehicle from rolling away byblocking wheels with wheel chocks or othersizeable objects:

X Place one wheel chock or other sizeableobject in front of and another wheelchock or other sizeable object behindthe wheel that is diagonally opposite tothe wheel being changed.

18 Not included and not available as factory equipment.

194 Wheel change>>

Practicalhints.

Steel rim with wheel cover

X Vehicles with wheel cover on steel rim:Pull the wheel cover off of the rim.

If necessary, use a suitable tool to prythe wheel cover off.

X On wheel to be changed, loosen but do notyet remove the wheel bolts (approx-imately one full turn with wheel wrench).

Steel rim with wheel trim cap

X Vehicles with wheel trim cap on steelrim: On wheel to be changed, loosen butdo not yet remove the wheel bolts(approximately one full turn with wheelwrench).

X Take the wheel trim cap off.

X Position jack; under take-upbracket: so that it is always verticalas seen from the side, even if the vehicleis parked on an incline.

The take-up brackets are identified bythe embossed recesses in the area of thedoor sills.

! Only position the jack on the desig-nated take-up brackets. Otherwise, thevehicle could be damaged.

X Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is amaximum of 1.2 in (3 cm) from the ground.

X Unscrew and remove the wheel bolts.

! Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt.This could result in damage to the wheelbolts and wheel hub threads.

X Remove the wheel.

Mounting the wheel

G WARNING

Always replace wheel bolts that are dam-aged or rusted.

Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts.

Damaged wheel hub threads should berepaired immediately. Do not continue todrive under these circumstances! Contactan authorized smart center or call RoadsideAssistance.

Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tight-ened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to

Wheel change 195

>>Practicalhints.

Z

come off. This could cause an accident. Besure to use the correct wheel bolts.

G WARNING

Only use genuine smart wheel bolts. Otherwheel bolts may come loose.

Do not tighten the wheel bolts when thevehicle is raised. Otherwise the vehiclecould fall off the jack.

X Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheelhub.

! To avoid paint damage, place wheel flatagainst hub and hold it there whileinstalling first wheel bolt.

X Guide the wheel onto the wheel hub andpush it on.

X Insert two wheel bolts and tighten themslightly.

X Vehicles with wheel trim cap on steelrim: Attach the wheel trim cap so that itis held by the two wheel bolts.

X Install last wheel bolt and tighten itslightly.

X Lower the vehicle until the vehicle isresting fully on its own weight.

X Remove the jack.X Tighten the wheel bolts. Observe a tight-ening torque of 80 lb-ft (110 Nm).

G WARNING

Have the tightening torque checked afterchanging a wheel. The wheels could come

loose if they are not tightened to a torqueof 80 lb-ft (110 Nm).

Steel rim with wheel cover

X Vehicles with wheel cover on steel rim:Position wheel cover aperture: sovalve; fits through.

X Push the wheel cover evenly onto thewheel rim with both hands.

X Check that the wheel cover is fixedsecurely to the wheel rim.

i The Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)* only functions on wheels that areequipped with the proper electronicsensors (Y page 127).

Battery

About the battery

Your vehicle’s battery is located in thepassenger footwell below the footrest(Y page 198).

The battery should always be sufficientlycharged in order to achieve its ratedservice life. Refer to the Scheduled Main-tenance Guide (USA only) or the Servicebooklet (Canada only) for battery mainte-nance intervals.

If you use your vehicle mostly for short-distance trips, you will need to have thebattery charge checked more frequently.

When replacing the battery, always use bat-teries approved by smart.Battery: 12 V and 42 Ah

196 Battery>>

Practicalhints.

* optional

If you do not intend to operate your vehiclefor an extended period of time, consult anauthorized smart center about steps youneed to observe.

G WARNING

Observe all safety instructions and pre-cautions when handling automotive batter-ies.

Risk of explosion.

Fire, open flames andsmoking are prohibitedwhen handling batteries.Avoid creating sparks.

Battery acid is caustic.Do not allow it to comeinto contact with skin,eyes or clothing.

Wear suitable protectiveclothing, especiallygloves, apron and face-guard.

Wear eye protection.

Rinse any acid spillsimmediately with clearwater. Contact a physicianif necessary.

Keep children away.

Follow the instructions inthis Operator’s Manual.

Batteries contain materials that can harmthe environment if disposed of improperly.Recycling of batteries is the preferredmethod of disposal. Many states requiresellers of batteries to accept old batteriesfor recycling.

G WARNING

Failure to follow these instructions canresult in severe injury or death.


Never lean over batteries while connect-ing, you might get injured.

Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do notallow this fluid to come in contact witheyes, skin or clothing. In case it does,immediately flush affected area with waterand seek medical help if necessary.

A battery will also produce hydrogen gas,which is flammable and explosive. Keepflames or sparks away from battery, avoidimproper connection of jumper cables,smoking, etc.

G WARNING

Do not place any metal objects on a battery.You could otherwise cause a short circuitand the battery’s highly flammable chemi-cals could ignite.

Never allow anymetal object to contact bothbattery terminals or the positive terminaland the vehicle body at the same time. Thismight short circuit the battery and ignitethe highly flammable and explosive hydro-gen gas generated by the battery, causingserious personal injury.

G WARNING

Keep flames or sparks away from battery,avoid improper connection of jumpercables, smoking, etc.

RWhen disconnecting the battery, alwaysdisconnect the negative terminal first,followed by positive terminal.

RWhen connecting the battery, always con-nect the positive terminal first, fol-lowed by the negative terminal.

RDo not loosen or disconnect the batteryterminal clips while the engine is run-ning or the key is in the starter switch.

Battery 197

>>Practicalhints.

Z

! Never loosen or detach battery terminalclamps while the engine is running or thekey is in the starter switch. Otherwisethe alternator and other electronic com-ponents could be severely damaged.

Have the battery checked regularly at anauthorized smart center.

Refer to Maintenance Booklet for main-tenance intervals or contact an author-ized smart center for further informa-tion.

! Never invert the terminal connections!

Disconnecting, removing, charging,reinstalling and reconnecting the bat-tery

Disconnecting the battery

i If the battery is disconnected or dis-charged

Rthe key will not turn in the starterswitchRthe automatic transmission willremain in park position P

For more information see “Jump start-ing” (Y page 199).


X Turn off all electrical accessories.X Turn off the engine.X Open the passenger door.X Move the passenger seat to the rear as faras possible.

X Unscrew the carpet holder in thepassenger footwell (Y page 158).

X Lift the carpet.

X Unscrew fastening screw; counter-clockwise.

X Pull footrest: sideways out of the vehi-cle.

X Read and observe safety instructions andprecautions (Y page 196).

! Always disconnect the battery in theorder described below. Otherwise thevehicle’s electronics can be damaged.

X Disconnect the battery negative leadfrom negative terminal=.

Make sure the negative lead does notcome into contact with the positive lead.

X Remove cover? from the positive ter-minal.

X Disconnect the battery positive lead.

Removing the battery

X Unscrew battery mountA.

X Remove the battery support and bracket.X Pull out the ventilation hose from thebattery (depending on battery arrange-

198 Battery>>

Practicalhints.

ment in your vehicle model, the ventila-tion hose is located either on the left orright side of the battery).

X Remove the battery.

Charging the battery

G WARNING

Avoid creating sparks when charging thebattery as escaping gases are flammable.Keep open flames away from the battery anddo not smoke.

Do not touch the battery terminal withmetalobjects and do not remove the batterycharger’s terminal clamps until the batterycharger has been switched off and no fur-ther gas is being discharged by the bat-teries.

Only charge the battery in a well ventilatedarea.

There is a risk of acid burns during thecharging procedure due to the gases whichescape from the battery. Do not lean overthe battery when it is being charged.

G WARNING

Never charge a battery while still installedin the vehicle. Gases may escape duringcharging and cause explosions that mayresult in paint damage, corrosion or per-sonal injury.

X Charge battery in accordance with theinstructions of the battery charger man-ufacturer.

! Only use chargers of a correct and suit-able voltage.

! Never attempt to recharge a frozen bat-tery. Have the battery checked at a smartcenter. The battery housing could bedamaged.

Reinstalling the battery

X Reinstall the charged battery. Follow thepreviously described steps in reverseorder.

! The battery, its filler caps and the ven-tilation hose must always be securelyinstalled when the vehicle is in opera-tion.

Reconnecting the battery

! Always connect the battery in the orderdescribed below. Otherwise the vehi-cle’s electronics can be damaged.

X Turn off all electrical accessories.X Remove the key from the starter switch.


X Connect the battery positive lead andfasten cover? (Y page 198).

X Connect battery negative lead=(Y page 198).

i After battery power (e.g. due to recon-nection) was interrupted, you will haveto set the clock (Y page 88).

i Have the battery’s charge status andacid level checked at the start of the coldseason at a smart center.

Jump starting

Notes

G WARNING

Failure to follow these directions willcause damage to the electronic components,and can lead to a battery explosion andsevere injury or death.

Never lean over batteries while connectingor jump starting, you might get injured.

Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid. Do notallow this fluid to come in contact witheyes, skin or clothing. In case it does,

Jump starting 199

>>Practicalhints.

Z

immediately flush affected area withwater, and seek medical help if necessary.

A battery will also produce hydrogen gas,which is flammable and very explosive.Keep flames or sparks away from battery,avoid improper connection of jumpercables, smoking, etc.

Attempting to jump start a frozen batterycan result in it exploding, causing per-sonal injury.

Read all instructions before proceeding.

! Do not tow‑start vehicle. You could oth-erwise seriously damage the transmis-sion which is not covered by the smartLimited Warranty.

! Avoid repeated and lengthy startingattempts.

Do not attempt to start the engine usinga battery quick charge unit.

If the engine does not run after severalunsuccessful starting attempts, have itchecked at the nearest authorized smartcenter.

Excessive unburned fuel generated byrepeated failed starting attempts maydamage the catalytic converter and maypresent a fire risk.

Make sure the jumper cables do not haveloose or missing insulation.

Make sure the cable clamps do not touchany other metal part while the other endis still attached to a battery.

If the battery is discharged, the engine canbe started with jumper cables and the fullycharged battery of another vehicle or anequivalent starter pack. Observe the fol-lowing:

RAccess to the battery is not possible onall vehicles. If you cannot access thebattery in your vehicle provide jump

start power by an external battery orstarter pack.RJump starting should only be performedwhen the engine and catalytic converterare cold.RDo not start the engine if the battery isfrozen. Let the battery thaw out first.ROnly jump start from batteries with thesame voltage rating (12 V). Jump startingwith a more powerful battery could dam-age the vehicle’s electrical system. Suchdamage will not be covered by the smartLimited Warranty.ROnly use jumper cables with sufficientcross-section and insulated terminalclamps.RAlways make sure the jumper cables arenot on or near pulleys, fans or other partsthat move when an engine is started orrunning.RShould the battery be drained com-pletely, let the donating power sourcecharge the vehicle for several minutesbefore reattempting the starting proc-ess.

G WARNING

Keep flames or sparks away from battery. Donot smoke.


200 Jump starting>>

Practicalhints.

Jump start assistance

Your vehicle’s battery is located in the passenger footwell below the footrest(Y page 198).

For jump starting, use the terminals of the battery, keeping the leads connected.

X Make sure the two vehicles do not touch.X Switch off all electrical consumers.X Engage the parking brake.X Move the gear selector lever to park position P.X Turn off the engine.X Get access to the battery in the passenger footwell (Y page 198).X Remove the positive terminal cover.

PositionA represents the charged battery of another vehicle or an equivalent starterpack.


X Connect positive terminal: of charged batteryA with positive terminal; of dis-charged batteryB with a jumper cable. Clamp the jumper cable to positive termi-nal: of charged batteryA first.

X Start the engine of the vehicle with charged batteryA and run at idle speed.

X Connect negative terminal= of charged batteryA with negative terminal? of dis-charged batteryB with a jumper cable. Clamp the jumper cable to negative terminal= of charged batteryA first.

X Start the engine of the vehicle with discharged batteryB and run at idle speed. Youcan now switch on the electrical consumers. Do not switch on the headlamps under anycircumstances.

Jump starting 201

>>Practicalhints.

Z

X Remove the jumper cables from negative terminals= and? first.

X Remove the jumper cables from positive terminals: and;.

You can now switch on the headlamps.X Remount the positive terminal cover.

X Have the battery checked at the nearest authorized smart center.

Towing

About towing

This section offers information on towingmethods for breakdown situations, emer-gency towing, and flat towing smart vehi-cles.

Recommended towing method - Break-down situation

! To prevent damage during transport, donot tie down the vehicle by its chassis orsuspension parts — use only wheel strapsto position and hold down the vehicle.

Improper tie down on a flatbed carriertruck or trailer can damage suspensionparts and body panels.

smart recommends that the vehicle betransported with all wheels off the groundusing a flatbed carrier truck or appropri-ate wheel lift/dolly equipment.

X Switch off the tow‑away protection* andinterior motion sensor* (Y page 49).

Emergency towing

When circumstances do not permit the rec-ommended towing method, the vehicle maybe towed with all wheels on the groundusing a strap or tow bar connected toanother vehicle. Only tow the vehicle as faras necessary to have the vehicle moved to asafe location where the recommended tow-ing method can be employed.

G WARNING

If circumstances require towing the vehi-cle with all wheels on the ground, always towwith a tow bar if:

Rthe engine will not run

Rthere is a malfunction in the brake sys-tem

Rthere is a malfunction in the power sup-ply or in the vehicle’s electrical system

A tow bar is necessary to adequately controlthe towed vehicle.

Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheelson the ground, make sure the gear selectorlever is in neutral position N and the igni-tion is switched off.

G WARNING

With the engine not running, there is nopower assistance for the brake and steer-ing* systems. In this case, it is importantto keep in mind that a considerably higherdegree of effort is necessary to brake andsteer the vehicle. Adapt your drivingaccordingly.

! Do not tow the vehicle with the frontaxle raised. Doing so may cause seriousdamage to the brake system which is notcovered by the smart Limited Warranty.

! Before towing the vehicle observe thefollowing instructions:

RDo not tow with sling-type equipmentattached to suspension parts. This maycause damage to the radiator and othersupports if towing on a bumpy road.RTowing the vehicle should only be doneusing the properly installed towing

202 Towing>>

Practicalhints.

* optional

eye bolt. Never attach a tow cable, towrope, or tow rod to the vehicle chassis,frame, or suspension parts.

! Make sure the ignition is switched offwhile towing the vehicle. Doing other-wise may result in

Rthe ESP® being activated. Active brak-ing action through the ESP® may ser-iously damage the brake system whichis not covered by the smart LimitedWarranty.Ra discharged battery.

! Make sure the gear selector lever is inneutral position N while towing thevehicle. Doing otherwise may result insignificant drive train damage.

! Towing the vehicle with a luggagerack* mounted is not permissible. Thevehicle must not be towed by the luggagerack*.

i If the battery is disconnected or dis-charged, the gear selector lever willremain locked in park position P. Con-tact an authorized smart center forassistance or call Roadside Assistance.

Towing eye bolt

The towing eye bolt is located in thepassenger footwell under the carpet.

X Unscrew the carpet holder in thepassenger footwell (Y page 158).

X Lift the carpet.

X Take out towing eye bolt:.

Installing towing eye bolt

Depending of whether you are towing avehicle or being towed, the towing eye boltcan be screwed into threaded holes whichare located behind covers on the front andrear bumper.

Front cover

G WARNING


Rear covers

X Remove respective cover: or; usinga suitable object to reveal the threadedhole for the towing eye bolt.

Towing 203

>>Practicalhints.

* optional Z

X Screw towing eye bolt in clockwise to itsstop and tighten with a suitable object.

G WARNING

For safety reasons, recovery or lashingdown of the vehicle by means of the towingeye is not allowed. Failure to observe thiscould result in the towing eye being rippedout of its mounting and people beinginjured.

Towing the vehicle

X Engage the parking brake.X Connect the strap or tow bar to the towingeye.

X Switch on the ignition.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itpressed.

X Move the gear selector lever to neutralposition N.


i With the gear selector lever in neutralposition N, the key cannot be turned fullyto starter switch position 0. Thereforeturn the key in the starter switch as farleft as it will go when switching off theignition.

X Switch off the ignition.X Leave the key in the starter switch.X Switch on the hazard warning flasher.X Release the parking brake.

Flat towing

Flat towing is when all wheels of the vehi-cle are on the ground during the tow.

For vehicles that will be flat towed overlong distances observe the following rec-ommendations:

X Preparing the vehicle: Contact anauthorized smart center for informationon recommended tow bar equipment and

installing a matching on/off switch onthe battery terminal.

X Before towing: Make sure the ignition isswitched on.

X Engage the parking brake.X Depress the brake pedal and keep itpressed.

X Move the gear selector lever to neutralposition N.


i With the gear selector lever in neutralposition N, the key cannot be turned fullyto starter switch position 0. Thereforeturn the key in the starter switch as farleft as it will go when switching off theignition.

X Switch off the ignition.X Leave the key in the starter switch.X Wait approximately 30 seconds until themultifunction display in the instrumentcluster is completely blank.

X Turn the battery off using the previouslyinstalled battery switch.

X Release the parking brake.X During towing:Make sure the gear selec-tor lever remains in neutral position Nwith the ignition switched off.

X After towing: Engage the parking brake.X Turn the battery on using the previouslyinstalled battery switch.

X Move the gear selector lever to parkposition P.

X Remove the key from the starter switch.X Lock the doors.

! Do not flat tow the vehicle with the frontaxle raised. Doing so may cause seriousdamage to the brake system which is notcovered by the smart Limited Warranty.

! Failure to follow the recommendationsfor flat towing can cause damage to yourvehicle:

RNot following the battery disconnectprocedure in the proper sequence may

204 Towing>>

Practicalhints.

result in data loss in the vehicle’scontrol units.RNot disconnecting the battery andleaving the key in starter switch posi-tion 1 (ignition on) may result in- the vehicle locking. The vehicle willlock if the wheels are turning atvehicle speeds of approximately8 mph (14 km/h) or more.

- the ESP® being activated. Activebraking action through the ESP® mayseriously damage the brake systemwhich is not covered by the smartLimited Warranty.

RNot moving the gear selector lever toneutral position N may result in sig-nificant transmission damage.Rin a discharged battery.

Fuses

The electrical fuses in your vehicle serveto switch off malfunctioning power cir-cuits.

If a fuse is blown, the components and sys-tems secured by that fuse will stop operat-ing.

G WARNING

Only use fuses approved by smart with thespecified amperage for the system in ques-tion and do not attempt to repair or bridgea blown fuse this may cause an overloadleading to a fire, and/or cause damage toelectrical components and/or systems.Contact a smart center if you encounter anyelectrical problems.

! A blown fuse must be replaced by anappropriate spare fuse (recognizable byits color or the fuse rating given on thefuse) of the amperage recommended inthe fuse chart. Any smart center will beglad to advise you on this subject.

If a newly inserted fuse blows again, havethe cause determined and rectified at anauthorized smart center.

Before replacing fuses:

REngage the parking brake.RMake sure the gear selector lever is inpark position P.RTurn off all electrical accessories.RTurn off the engine.RRemove the key from the starter switch.

Replacing a fuse

The fuse box is located on the driver’s sidebelow the dashboard.

X From the fuse chart (Y page 207), deter-mine which fuse belongs to the malfunc-tioning accessory or component.

X Remove the respective fuse.X Replace the defective fuse with a new oneof the same amperage.

Fuses 205

>>Practicalhints.

Z

Fuse box

Front side

: -\ Fuse

y -¥ Backup fuse slots

206 Fuses>>

Practicalhints.

Rear side

^ -© Fuse

Fuse chart

No. Accessory/Component Amperage Color

: Engine 25 A Neutral

; Windshield wipers 25 A Neutral

= Power window (left and right) 20 A Yellow

? Passenger compartment blower (HVAC) 25 A Neutral

A Front fog lamps, LED daytime running lamps 10 A Red

B Right parking lamp, right tail lamp, licenseplate lamps

7.5 A Brown

C Left parking lamp, left tail lamp 7.5 A Brown

D Engine, tank ventilation 25 A Neutral

E Engine 7.5 A Brown

Fuses 207

>>Practicalhints.

Z


F Engine, transmission, shifter 15 A Blue

G ESP® control unit 25 A Neutral

H Exterior lamp switch, turn signal lampswitch, cockpit switch module, on-boarddiagnostics socket, transmission controlunit, exterior rear view mirror heating,anti-theft warning system, rain-light sen-sor, auxiliary instruments, central lockingsystem, instrument cluster, Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS), brake and turnsignal lamps (left and right)

10 A Red

I — — —

J Air conditioning compressor 15 A Blue

K Audio, subwoofer, sound system, soft top(cabriolet only), interior light

15 A Blue

L Fuel pump with fuel level sensor 15 A Blue

M Rear window wiper (coupé only) 15 A Blue

N ESP® control unit, EPS control unit, restraintsystem

10 A Red

O Engine control unit, transmission controlunit, Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS), on-board diagnostics socket

7.5 A Brown

P Air conditioning system, exterior rear viewmirror adjustment, washer pump, audio, seatheating, wiper switch, soft top switch (cab-riolet only)

10 A Red

Q Auxiliary power outlet 15 A Blue

R Left low‑beam headlamp 7.5 A Brown

S Right low‑beam headlamp 7.5 A Brown

T Backup lamp 15 A Blue

U Right high‑beam headlamp 7.5 A Brown

V Left high‑beam headlamp 7.5 A Brown

W Engine 7.5 A Brown

X Rear window defroster 40 A Orange

208 Fuses>>

Practicalhints.


Y Soft top (cabriolet only) 30 A Green

Z Transmission control unit, radiator coolingfan

40 A Orange

\ Horn, central locking system 20 A Yellow

^ — — —

_ Starter switch (ignition) 50 A Red

a ESP® control unit 40 A Orange

© EPS control unit 30 A Green

y Exterior rear view mirror heating 7.5 A Brown

z Brake lamps 7.5 A Brown

| — — —

~ — — —

¡ Windshield unit car2go 10 A Red

¢ — — —

£ Interior lighting 5 A Light brown

¤ Surround sound system 20 A Yellow

¥ Seat heating control unit 25 A Neutral

Fuses 209

>>Practicalhints.

Z

210

>>Technicaldata.

Parts service .................................. 212

Warranty coverage ............................ 212

Engine electronics ........................... 212

Identification labels ....................... 213

Vehicle specification (model pure) ..... 215

Vehicle specification (model pas-sion) ............................................. 215

Vehicle specification (model BRA-BUS) .............................................. 216

Rims and tires ................................ 216

Service fluids and capacities ............ 218

Parts service

The “Technical data” section provides thenecessary technical data for your vehicle.

Genuine smart Parts are subjected to strin-gent quality inspections. Each part hasbeen specifically developed, manufac-tured or selected for and adapted to smartvehicles.

Therefore, Genuine smart Parts should beinstalled.

! The use of non-genuine smart parts andaccessories not authorized by smartcould damage the vehicle, which is notcovered by the smart Limited Warranty,or could compromise the vehicle’s dura-bility or safety.

Warranty coverage

Your vehicle is covered under the terms ofthe warranties printed in the smart USAWarranty booklet (USA only) or the Warrantybooklet (Canada only).

Your authorized smart center will exchangeor repair any defective parts originallyinstalled on the vehicle in accordance withthe terms of the following warranties:

Rsmart USA Limited Warranty (USA only)RNew Vehicle Limited Warranty (Canadaonly)REmission System WarrantyREmission Performance WarrantyRCorrosion WarrantyRCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine, Massa-chusetts, New York, Pennsylvania, RhodeIsland, and Vermont Emission ControlSystem WarrantyRsmartmove Assistance (Canada only)RState Warranty Enforcement Laws (LemonLaws, USA only)

Replacement parts and accessories arecovered by the smart Parts and Accessories

warranties, copies of which are availableat any authorized smart center.

Loss of Warranty booklet

Should you lose your smart USA Warrantybooklet (USA only) or the Warranty booklet(Canada only), have an authorized smartcenter arrange for a replacement. It willbe mailed to you.

Engine electronics

Work on engine electronics

G WARNING

Always have maintenance work on engineelectronics and components performed by aqualified specialist, e.g. at a smartcenter. In particular, work relevant tosafety or on safety related systems must becarried out at a qualified specialist work-shop.

! Always have maintenance work on theengine electronics and components, suchas control modules, sensors and connect-ing cables, performed by a qualifiedspecialist who has the necessary knowl-edge and tools to carry out the workrequired, e.g. at a smart center. Other-wise there is a danger that vehicle com-ponents may wear more rapidly, whichmay void the vehicle’s warranty.

Retrofitting electrical and electronicdevices

Electrical and electronic devices canendanger vehicle operating safety.

! Damage or consequential damage due toretrofitting a device in the vehicle isnot covered by smart’s warranty.

If you install telephones or radio trans-mitters in the vehicle you must have suchretrofits approved. smart approves the

212 Engine electronics>>

Technicaldata.

installation of telephones and radio devi-ces if the work is done professionally andthe device is connected to a low-reflectionexterior antenna.

The transmitting power of the telephone orradio must not exceed the following maxi-mum values.

Frequency range(band)

Maximum transmit-ting power (Watts)

Short wave(<50 MHz)

100

2 m wavelength 50

0.7 m wavelength 35

0.25 m wavelength 10

G WARNING

Radio transmitters can interfere with thevehicle’s electronic system, endanger theoperating safety of the vehicle and thusyour own safety, if

Rthere is no external antenna

Rthe external antenna is not low-reflec-tion

Rthe external antenna is incorrectlyinstalled

Excessive electromagnetic radiation candamage your health and that of others.Using an external antenna addresses andconsiders the concerns currently beingdiscussed in scientific circles about thehealth hazards possibly posed by electro-magnetic fields.

Because of this, have the external antennainstalled exclusively at a qualified spe-cialist workshop which has the necessaryspecialist knowledge and tools to carry outthe work required, e.g. at a smart center. Inparticular, work relevant to safety or onsafety-related systems must be carried outat a qualified specialist workshop.

On-board Diagnostics Socket (OBD)

The on-board diagnostics socket is locatedinside the vehicle on the right side of theleft footwell.

: On-board diagnostics socket

Identification labels

Signs and labels

: Air bag information signs(sun visor)

; VIN (engine compartment)

= Emission control information label,includes both federal and Californiacertification exhaust emission stand-ards (engine compartment)

Identification labels 213

>>Technicaldata.

Z

? Heat warning label (engine compart-ment)

A Certification label (driver’s doorB‑pillar)

B Tire and loading information placard(driver’s door B‑pillar)

C VIN (lower edge of windshield)

Certification label

X Open the driver’s door.

: Certification label (on driver’s doorB‑pillar)

i Data shown on the example certifica-tion label are for illustration purposeonly. These data are specific to eachvehicle and may vary from data shown inthe illustration. Refer to certificationlabel on vehicle for actual data specificto your vehicle.

Example certification label (U.S. vehicles)

; Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

= Paintwork code

Example certification label (Canada vehicles)

; Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

= Paintwork code

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)can be found in the following locations:Ron the certification label on the driver’sdoor B‑pillar (Y page 214)Ron the rear right on the cargo compart-ment floor (Y page 214)Rin the lower edge of the windshield(Y page 213)

X Open the cargo compartment.X Fold back the carpet.

: VIN (on the cargo compartment floor)

Engine number

The engine number is engraved into theengine block. For more information, con-tact any authorized smart center.

214 Identification labels>>

Technicaldata.

i When ordering parts, please specifyvehicle identification and engine num-ber.

Vehicle specification (model pure)

The quoted data apply only to the standardvehicle. Contact an authorized smartcenter for the corresponding data of allspecial bodies and special equipment.

Main dimensions (model pure)

Overall vehiclelength

106.1 in (2695 mm)

Overall vehiclewidth19

69.0 in (1 752 mm)

Overall vehicleheight

61.2 in (1 555 mm)

Wheelbase 73.5 in (1 867 mm)

Turning circle 28.7 ft (8.75 m)

Weights (model pure)

Cargo compart-ment load

max. 110 lb (50 kg)

Roof load20 None

G WARNING





Vehicle specification (model passion)


Main dimensions (model passion)


106.1 in (2695 mm)


69.0 in (1 752 mm)


61.2 in (1 555 mm)



Weights (model passion)


max. 110 lb (50 kg)

Roof load22 None

19 Exterior rear view mirrors folded out.20 This vehicle is not intended to carry items on its roof. Thus roof rails and any roof-mounted devicesmust not be used.


Vehicle specification (model passion) 215

>>Technicaldata.

* optional Z

G WARNING





Vehicle specification (model BRABUS)


Main dimensions (model BRABUS)


107.4 in (2 727 mm)


69.0 in (1 752 mm)


61.2 in (1 555 mm)



Weights (model BRABUS)


max. 110 lb (50 kg)

Roof load24 None

G WARNING





Rims and tires

Notes

! Only use tires which have been testedand approved by smart. Tires approved bysmart are developed to provide best pos-sible performance in conjunction withthe driving safety systems on your vehi-cle such as the ABS or the ESP®.

Using tires other than those approved bysmart may result in damage that is notcovered by the smart Limited Warranty.

! Using tires other than those approvedby smart can have detrimental effects,such as

Rpoor handling characteristicsRincreased noiseRincreased fuel consumption

Moreover, tires and rims not approved bysmart may, under load, exhibit dimen-sional variations and different tiredeformation characteristics that couldcause them to come into contact with thevehicle body or axle parts. Damage to thetires or the vehicle may be the result.

i Further information on tires and rimsis available at any authorized smart


216 Rims and tires>>

Technicaldata.

* optional

center. A placard with the recommendedtire inflation pressure is located on thedriver’s door B‑pillar.

The tire inflation pressure should bechecked regularly and should only beadjusted on cold tires. Follow tire man-ufacturer’s maintenance recommenda-tion included with vehicle.

Mobility

Your vehicle is equipped with a tire repairkit (Y page 186). In case of a flat tire, itenables you to drive to the nearest author-ized smart center on the sealed tire.

If the tire is damaged too severely for thetire sealant to provide a reliable tirerepair:

X Contact the nearest authorized smartcenter.

orX Call Roadside Assistance.

Rims and tires 217

>>Technicaldata.

Z

Mixed size tires

i In the following tables, the models are represented by codes:

RV1: model pureRV2: model passionRV3: model BRABUS

Abbreviations used in the following tables:

RFA: Front AxleRRA: Rear Axle

All-season tires Light alloy rims V1 V2 V3

FA 155/60 R 15 74T M+S 4.5 J x 15 H225

Wheel offset: 0.93 in (23.5 mm)

# # —

RA 175/55 R 15 77T M+S 5.5 J x 15 H225

Wheel offset: 0.87 in (22 mm)

FA 165/60 R 15 77T M+S 5.0 J x 15 H2


# # —

RA 195/50 R 15 82T M+S 6.5 J x 15 H2


FA 175/55 R 15 77T M+S 5.5 J x 15 H2


— — #

RA 215/35 R 17 79H M+S 7.5 J x 17 H2


Winter tires26 Light alloy rims V1 V2 V3

FA 155/60 R 15 74T M+Si 4.5 J x 15 H2


# # #

RA 175/55 R 15 77T M+Si 5.5 J x 15 H2


Service fluids and capacities

Notes

Vehicle components and their respectivelubricants must match. Therefore only useproducts tested and approved by smart.

Please contact an authorized smart centerfor products tested and approved by smart.

G WARNING

Comply with all valid regulations withrespect to handling, storing and disposing

25 Model pure only: Available as steel rim or light alloy rim*.26 Not available as factory equipment.

218 Service fluids and capacities>>

Technicaldata.

* optional

of service fluids. Otherwise you couldendanger persons or the environment.

Keep service fluids out of the reach of chil-dren.

For health reasons, you should preventservice fluids from coming into directcontact with your skin or clothing.

If a service fluid is swallowed, contact aphysician immediately.

Service fluids and capacities 219

>>Technicaldata.

Z

Capacities

Components Model Capacity Fuels, coolants, lubricants,etc.

Engine with oilfilter

All models 3.6 US qt (3.4 l) Approved engine oils

Cooling system All models approx. 4.5 US qt (4.3 l) Anticorrosion/Antifreezemeeting specificationMB 325.0

Fuel tank All models 8.72 US gal (33.0 l) Premium unleaded gasoline(Minimum Posted Octane 91[Avg. of 96 RON/86 MON])Fuel tank

reserveAll models approx. 1.32 US gal (5.0 l)

Air condition-ing system*

All models — R134a refrigerant and spe-cial PAG lubricant oil(never R 12)

Windshieldwasher system

All models 4.0 US qt (3.8 l) Windshield washer concen-trate27 (Y page 222)

Washer fluid mixing ratio(Y page 222)

Engine oils

Engine oils are specifically tested fortheir suitability in our engines and dura-bility for our service intervals. There-fore, only use engine oils and oil filtersrequired for vehicles with the Mainte-nance System. For a listing of approvedengine oils and oil filters contact anauthorized smart center.

! Using engine oils and oil filters ofspecification other than those expresslyrequired for the Maintenance System, orchanging of oil and oil filter at changeintervals longer than those called for bythe Maintenance System will result inengine or emission control system dam-age not covered by the smart LimitedWarranty.

Please follow Maintenance System rec-ommendations for scheduled oil changes.Failure to do so will result in engine oremission control system damage not cov-ered by the smart Limited Warranty.

Viscosity grades for engine oils

Using the chart below, select oil viscosityaccording to the lowest air temperatureexpected before the next oil change.

27 Use a windshield washer concentrate labeled for summer and water for temperatures above freezingpoint or a windshield washer concentrate labeled for winter and water for temperatures below freezingpoint.


Technicaldata.

* optional

Engine oil additives

! Do not blend oil additives with engineoil. They may damage the engine.

Damage or malfunctions resulting fromblending oil additives are not coveredby the smart Limited Warranty. Anyauthorized smart center will provide youwith additional information.

Air conditioning refrigerant

R134a (HFC) refrigerant and specialPAG lubricating oil are used in the airconditioning system.

! Never use R 12 (CFC) or mineral-basedlubricating oil. Otherwise damage to thesystem will occur.

Brake fluid

G WARNING

During vehicle operation, the boilingpoint of the brake fluid is continuouslyreduced through the absorption of moisturefrom the atmosphere. Under extremelystrenuous operating conditions, thismois-ture content can lead to the formation ofbubbles in the system, thus reducing thesystem’s efficiency.

Therefore, the brake fluid must be replacedregularly. Refer to your vehicle’s Mainte-nance Booklet for replacement interval.

Only brake fluid approved by smart is rec-ommended. Any authorized smart centerwill provide you with additional informa-tion.

Premium unleaded gasoline

G WARNING

Gasoline is highly flammable and poison-ous. It burns violently and can cause ser-ious personal injury.

Never allow sparks, flame or smoking mate-rials near gasoline!

Turn off the engine before refueling.

Whenever you are around gasoline, avoidinhaling fumes and skin or clothing con-tact. Extinguish all smoking materials.

Direct skin contact with fuels and the inha-lation of fuel vapors are damaging to yourhealth.

! To maintain the engine’s durabilityand performance, premium unleaded gas-oline must be used. If premium unleadedgasoline is not available and low octanefuel is used, follow these precautions:RHave the fuel tank only partially filledwith unleaded regular gasoline andfill up with premium unleaded gaso-line as soon as possible.RAvoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.RDo not exceed an engine speed of3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded witha light load such as two persons and nocargo.RDo not exceed 2/3 of maximum accel-erator pedal position if the vehicle isfully loaded or operating in mountain-ous terrain.

Fuel requirements

Only use premium unleaded fuel. The octanenumber (posted at the pump) must be 91 min.


>>Technicaldata.

Z

It is an average of both the Research OctaneNumber (RON) and the Motor Octane Number(MON): (RON+MON)/2. This is also known asthe ANTI‑KNOCK INDEX.

Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenatessuch as ethanol, IPA, IBA and TBA can beused provided the ratio of any one of theseoxygenates to gasoline does not exceed10%; MTBE must not exceed 15%.

The ratio of methanol to gasoline must notexceed 3% plus additional cosolvents.

Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol isnot allowed. Gasohol, which contains 10%ethanol and 90% unleaded gasoline, can beused.

These blends must also meet all other fuelrequirements, such as resistance to sparkknock, boiling range, vapor pressure, etc.

Gasoline additives

A major concern among engine manufactur-ers is carbon build-up caused by gasoline.smart recommends only the use of qualitygasoline containing additives that pre-vent the build-up of carbon deposits.

After an extended period of using fuelswithout such additives carbon deposits canbuild up, especially on the intake valvesand in the combustion area, leading toengine performance problems such as:RWarm-up hesitationRUnstable idleRKnocking/pingingRMisfireRPower loss

In areas where carbon deposits may beencountered due to lack of availability ofgasolines which contain these additives,the use of smart approved additives is rec-ommended. Contact an authorized smartcenter for a listing of approved products.Follow directions on the product label.

Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel.This only results in unnecessary costs andmay be harmful to the engine operation.

! Damage or malfunction resulting frompoor fuel quality or from blending addi-tional fuel additives other than thosetested and approvedby us for use on smartvehicles are not covered by the smartLimited Warranty.

Windshield/rear window washer system

During all seasons:

X Use a windshield washer concentratelabeled for summer and water for tem-peratures above freezing point.

X Use a windshield washer concentratelabeled for winter and water for temper-atures below freezing point.

X Premix the windshield washer fluid in asuitable container depending on the out-side temperature and in accordance withthe manufacturer’s instructions28.

Washer fluid mixing ratio

RTemperature above 32¦ (0¥):1 part windshield washer concentratelabeled for summer to 100 parts waterRTemperature of 14¦ (-10¥):1 part windshield washer concentratelabeled for winter to 2 parts waterRTemperature of -4¦ (-20¥):1 part windshield washer concentratelabeled for winter to 1 part water

G WARNING

Windshield washer concentrate is highlyflammable. Fire, naked flames and smokingare prohibited when windshield washerconcentrate is being handled.

28 Refer to the notes for use on the container.


Technicaldata.

Coolants

The engine coolant is a mixture of waterand anticorrosion/antifreeze, which pro-vides:

RCorrosion protectionRFreeze protectionRBoiling protection (by increasing theboiling point)

The cooling system was filled at the factorywith a coolant providing freeze protectionto approximately -35¦ (-37¥) and cor-rosion protection.

! Add premixed coolant solution only.Adding water and MB 325.0 Anticorro-sion/Antifreeze separately from eachother, could cause engine damage notcovered by the smart Limited Warranty.

If the antifreeze mixture is effective to-35¦ (-37¥), the boiling point of thecoolant in the pressurized cooling systemis reached at approximately 266¦(130¥ ).

The coolant solution must be used yearround, even in countries which have hightemperatures to provide the necessary cor-rosion protection and increase boil‑overprotection. Refer to Maintenance/ ServiceBooklet for replacement interval.

Coolant system design and coolant useddetermine the replacement interval. Thereplacement interval published in theMaintenance booklet is only applicable ifMB 325.0 Anticorrosion/Antifreeze solu-tion or other smart approved products ofequal specification are used to renew thecoolant concentration or bring it back upto the proper level.

For information on other smart approvedproducts of equal specification, contact anauthorized smart center.

To provide important corrosion protec-tion, the solutionmust be at least 50% anti-corrosion/antifreeze (equivalent to freeze

protection to approximately -35¦[-37¥]).

If you use a solution that is more than 55%anticorrosion/antifreeze (freeze protec-tion to approximately -49¦ [(-45¥]), theengine temperature will increase due tothe lower heat transfer capability of thesolution. Therefore, do not use more thanthis amount of anticorrosion/antifreeze.

If the coolant level is low, water andMB 325.0 Anticorrosion/Antifreeze shouldbe used to bring it up to the proper level(have cooling system checked for signs ofleakage). Please make sure the mixture isin accordance with label instructions.

Always use anticorrosion/antifreeze thathas been approved by smart. For informa-tion contact an authorized smart center.

The water in the cooling system must meetminimum requirements, which are usuallysatisfied by normal drinking water.

If you are not sure about the water quality,consult an authorized smart center.

Anticorrosion/antifreeze

Your vehicle contains a number of alumi-num parts. The use of aluminum componentsin motor vehicle engines necessitates thatanticorrosion/antifreeze coolant used insuch engines be specifically formulated toprotect the aluminum parts.

Failure to use such anticorrosion/anti-freeze coolant will result in a signifi-cantly shortened service life.

Therefore, the following product isstrongly recommended for use in your vehi-cle: MB 325.0 Anticorrosion/Antifreezeagent.

Before the start of the winter season (oronce a year in hot southern regions), youshould have the anticorrosion/antifreezeconcentration checked.

The coolant is also regularly checked eachtime you bring your vehicle to an author-ized smart center for service.


>>Technicaldata.

Z

Anticorrosion/antifreeze quantity:

Approximate freeze protection

-35¦¦ (-37¥¥) -49¦¦ (-45¥¥)

Cooling system 2.27 US qt (2.15 l) 2.50 US qt (2.37 l)


Technicaldata.

2014 smart fortwo coupe and cabriolet owner and operator …€¦ · >> Operator’s Manual. smart fortwo coupé and smart fortwo cabriolet É4515840300oËÍ 4515840300 Order no.

Documents